See in Reader
Aaron's changes to MAT 25-28 (#3115)
Co-authored-by: avaldizan <avaldizan@noreply.door43.org> Reviewed-on: https://git.door43.org/unfoldingWord/en_tn/pulls/3115
This commit is contained in:
Richard Mahn
parent
971930f92e
commit
87f7a68435
750
tn_MAT.tsv
750
tn_MAT.tsv
|
|
@ -1785,109 +1785,155 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene
|
|||
24:51 jj2z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom διχοτομήσει αὐτὸν 1 This is an idiom that means to make the person suffer terribly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
24:51 pm18 τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν θήσει 1 Alternate translation: “will put him with the hypocrites” or “will send him to the place where hypocrites are sent”
|
||||
24:51 rwd5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 Here, **the grinding of the teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme suffering. See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “people will weep and grind their teeth because of their suffering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
25:intro qe8a 0 # Matthew 25 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter continues the teaching of the previous chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The parable of the ten virgins\n\nJesus told the parable of the ten virgins ([Matthew 25:1-13](./01.md)) to tell his followers to be ready for him to return. His hearers could understand the parable because they knew Jewish wedding customs.\n\nWhen the Jews arranged marriages, they would plan for the wedding to take place weeks or months later. At the proper time, the young man would go to his bride’s house, where she would be waiting for him. The wedding ceremony would take place, and then the man and his bride would travel to his home, where there would be a feast. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])
|
||||
25:1 em28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus tells a parable about wise and foolish virgins to illustrate that his disciples should be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
25:1 pg5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “when our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
25:1 uhj1 λαμπάδας 1 This could refer to: (1) oil **lamps**. (2) torches made by putting cloth around the end of a stick and wetting the cloth with oil.
|
||||
25:2 c8nf πέντε & ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Alternate translation: “five of the virgins”
|
||||
25:3 b37a οὐκ ἔλαβον μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἔλαιον 1 Alternate translation: “took with them only the oil in their lamps”
|
||||
25:5 r458 δὲ 1 The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Jesus starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
25:5 pvh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive χρονίζοντος & τοῦ νυμφίου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “while the bridegroom was taking a long time to arrive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
25:5 qf4b ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι 1 Alternate translation: “all ten virgins became sleepy”
|
||||
25:6 ufp2 κραυγὴ γέγονεν 1 Alternate translation: “someone shouted”
|
||||
25:7 ni6u ἐκόσμησαν τὰς λαμπάδας ἑαυτῶν 1 Alternate translation: “adjusted their lamps so they would burn brightly”
|
||||
25:8 tsh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj αἱ & μωραὶ ταῖς φρονίμοις εἶπον 1 If your language does not use the nominal adjectives **foolish** and **wise**, you can express them as adjectives. Alternate translation: “the foolish virgins said to the wise virgins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
25:8 i1r7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται 1 This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the fire in our lamps is about to burn out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
25:10 rfh6 ἀπερχομένων δὲ αὐτῶν 1 Alternate translation: “But while the five foolish virgins went away”
|
||||
25:10 jej8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀγοράσαι 1 You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “to buy more oil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
25:10 t229 αἱ ἕτοιμοι 1 This phrase refers to the virgins who had extra oil.
|
||||
25:10 g29i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκλείσθη ἡ θύρα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the servants shut the door” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
25:11 e5pz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν 1 You can state this implicit information explicitly. Alternate translation: “open the door for us so we can come inside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
25:12 z5u1 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 This adds emphasis to what the master says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
|
||||
25:12 h4a8 οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς 1 Alternate translation: “I do not know who you are”
|
||||
25:13 hn7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν 1 Here, **day** and **hour** refer to an exact time. Alternate translation: “you do not know the exact time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
25:13 xfdj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν 1 You can state the implied information explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not know the exact time when the Son of Man will return” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
25:14 cn21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus tells a parable about faithful and unfaithful servants to illustrate that his disciples should remain faithful during his absence and be prepared for his return. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
25:14 zqi2 ὥσπερ 1 The word **it** here refers to the kingdom of heaven ([13:24](../13/24.md)).
|
||||
25:14 wv71 ἀποδημῶν 1 Alternate translation: “was ready to go to another country” or “was to go soon to another country”
|
||||
25:14 vhw1 παρέδωκεν αὐτοῖς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “put them in charge of his wealth”
|
||||
25:intro qe8a 0 # Matthew 25 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter continues the teaching of the previous chapter.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The parable of the ten virgins\n\nJesus told the parable of the ten virgins in [25:1–13](../25/01.md) to tell his followers to be ready for him to return. His hearers could understand the parable because they knew Jewish wedding customs. When the Jews arranged marriages, they would plan for the wedding to take place weeks or months later. At the appointed time, the bridegroom would go to his bride’s house and she would be waiting for him there. The wedding ceremony would take place, and then the man and his bride would travel to his home, where there would be a feast. In this parable, the bridegroom represents Jesus, the five foolish virgins represent false believers in Jesus who do not prepare for Jesus’ return, and the five wise virgins represent true Christians who are ready for Jesus to come back at the end of the world. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])\n\n### The parable of the talents\n\nJesus told the parable of the talents in [25:14–30](../25/14.md) to teach that true Christians use the blessings that God gives them in order to live fruitful lives that glorify him. Jesus’ hearers could understand the parable because they knew about investing money and the relationship between masters and slaves. In this parable, the master represents Jesus, the “talents” (a form of money) represent blessings from God, the two good slaves represent true Christians who faithfully use the blessings that God gives them, and the wicked slave represents false believers in Jesus. \n\nA talent was a unit of weight that, when used for precious metals, was also a unit of money. One talent weighed nearly 30 kilograms or over 60 pounds. One silver talent was the equivalent of over 16 years’ wages for a laborer. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. See the suggestions at each occurrence of the word “talent” in this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]] and rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])\n
|
||||
25:1 em28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τότε 1 Here, **Then** refers to the time in the future when Jesus will return to the world. He called this time “the coming of the Son of Man” in [24:37](../24/37.md) and the “day your Lord is coming” in [24:42](../24/42.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “At the time I return to the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
25:1 zfdl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ὁμοιωθήσεται ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν δέκα παρθένοις 1 In [25:1–13](../25/01.md), Jesus is explaining about **the kingdom of the heavens** by telling a brief story that provides an illustration. See the discussion of this parable in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])\n
|
||||
25:1 pg5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
25:1 uhj1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λαμπάδας 1 The **lamps** in this story are small containers that produce light by burning oil that is absorbed by a wick. Someone had to trim the wick and supply enough oil to keep the wick burning in order for the lamp to continue producing light. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “lamps that burn oil to produce light” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
25:1 jfsw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξῆλθον εἰς ὑπάντησιν τοῦ νυμφίου 1 Here, **meeting of the bridegroom** refers to the Jewish wedding practice of the bride and bridesmaids waiting for the bridegroom to come and get his bride and take her to the wedding feast. The fact that they took **lamps** also implies that they **went out** during the night. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “went out during the night to wait for the bridegroom to come and take his bride to the wedding feast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
25:2 c8nf rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns πέντε & ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 Here, **them** refers to the “virgins” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “five of the virgins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
25:2 ena4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πέντε φρόνιμοι 1 Jesus is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply this word from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “five were wise” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
25:3 b37a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ἔλαιον 1 Jesus’ hearers would have understood that the **oil** was used to keep the **lamps** lit. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “oil with themselves to keep their lamps lit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
25:5 qf4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι 1 Here, **they** refers to the ten virgins mentioned in [25:1](../25/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all ten virgins became sleepy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
25:5 pvh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential ἐνύσταξαν πᾶσαι καὶ ἐκάθευδον 1 The word **and** indicates that the event in the previous phrase happened before the event in the next phrase. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation: “they all became sleepy and then began to sleep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
25:6 ufp2 κραυγὴ γέγονεν 1 Alternate translation: “someone cried”
|
||||
25:6 o62h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 The person speaking uses the term **Behold** here to get the ten virgins to focus their attention on what he is about to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Listen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
|
||||
25:6 py59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes κραυγὴ γέγονεν, ἰδοὺ, ὁ νυμφίος! ἐξέρχεσθε εἰς ἀπάντησιν 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “someone cried that they should pay attention, the bridegroom was coming, and they should go out to the meeting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
25:7 knmn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἠγέρθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “awoke” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
25:7 ni6u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἐκόσμησαν τὰς λαμπάδας ἑαυτῶν 1 The oil **lamps** people used at that time produced light from a burning wick. That wick had to be **trimmed** in order for it to keep burning properly. If this would be unfamiliar to your readers, you could use a general expression for preparing a lamp. Alternate translation: “adjusted their lamps so they would burn brightly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
25:8 cp7f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ταῖς φρονίμοις εἶπον, δότε ἡμῖν ἐκ τοῦ ἐλαίου ὑμῶν, ὅτι αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said to the wise ones that they should give them from their oil, because their lamps were going out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
25:8 i1r7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom αἱ λαμπάδες ἡμῶν σβέννυνται 1 Here, **going out** refers to the **lamps** running out of oil so that the fire in them would stop burning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the fire in our lamps is about to burn out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
25:9 ybzj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγουσαι, μήποτε οὐ μὴ ἀρκέσῃ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν; πορεύεσθε μᾶλλον πρὸς τοὺς πωλοῦντας, καὶ ἀγοράσατε ἑαυταῖς 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said that there would certainly not be enough for themselves and the foolish ones, so the foolish ones should go instead to the ones selling and buy for themselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
25:9 j6z8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μήποτε οὐ μὴ ἀρκέσῃ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν; πορεύεσθε μᾶλλον πρὸς τοὺς πωλοῦντας, καὶ ἀγοράσατε ἑαυταῖς 1 It is implied that **the wise ones** are referring to oil. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “There will certainly not be enough oil for us and you. Go instead to the ones selling oil and buy some oil for yourselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
25:9 gr5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μήποτε οὐ μὴ ἀρκέσῃ ἡμῖν καὶ ὑμῖν 1 By answering in this way, **the wise ones** imply that they will not give any oil to the foolish virgins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “We will not give you any oil! There will certainly not be enough oil for us and you.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
25:9 qwkx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. The wise virgins use them together to emphasize that they do not have enough oil to share with the foolish virgins. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])\n
|
||||
25:9 s43k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here, **us** refers to the wise virgins, so **us** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n
|
||||
25:10 rfh6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 Here, **they** refers to the five foolish virgins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the five foolish virgins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
25:10 jej8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀγοράσαι 1 Jesus is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the missing word from the context. Alternate translation: “to buy more oil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
25:10 t229 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἱ ἕτοιμοι 1 Here, **the prepared ones** refers to the five wise virgins who had enough oil for their lamps. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the wise virgins who had prepared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
25:10 g29i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκλείσθη ἡ θύρα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the servants shut the door” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
25:11 ys4h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔρχονται 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “came” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n
|
||||
25:11 gbdp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγουσαι, κύριε, κύριε, ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν! 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that the master should open for them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
25:11 ouya rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν 1 Here, **open** is an imperative, but since the **virgins** cannot command the **master** to do this, you could translate this phrase as polite request. Alternate translation: “please open for us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])\n
|
||||
25:11 e5pz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄνοιξον ἡμῖν 1 Here **the other virgins** are implying that they want the door opened for them so they can enter the wedding feast. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “open the door for us so we can come inside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
25:12 dxz9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said that he said to them truly that he did not know them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
25:12 h4a8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ οἶδα ὑμᾶς 1 By answering in this way, the bridegroom implies that he will not open the door for the foolish virgins. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I will not open the door for you because I do not know you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
25:13 i7nb rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 **Therefore** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Jesus told the parable in [25:1–12](../25/01.md). Use the most natural way in your language to state a reason. Alternate translation: “Since something like this could happen to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
25:13 r7kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit γρηγορεῖτε 1 Here Jesus implies that believers must **stay alert** for his return to the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “stay alert for my return” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
25:13 xfdj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν 1 Here, **the day** and **the hour** refer to the time when Jesus will return to the world. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you know neither the day nor the hour when I will return” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
25:13 hn7w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy οὐκ οἴδατε τὴν ἡμέραν, οὐδὲ τὴν ὥραν 1 Here, **day** and **hour** refer to an exact point in time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you do not know the exact time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
25:14 cn21 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that the parable Jesus tells in [25:14–30](../25/14.md) teaches another reason why believers must “stay alert,” as stated in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “Stay alert because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n
|
||||
25:14 zqi2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ὥσπερ 1 Here, **it** refers to “the kingdom of the heavens,” as mentioned in [25:1](../25/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens is like” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
25:14 oy2v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables ἄνθρωπος ἀποδημῶν 1 Jesus tells a story to help his listeners understand why they should properly use the blessings that God gives them in order to be ready for him to return to the world. If it would help your readers, you could say that explicitly. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a story in which a man goes to another country” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
|
||||
25:14 fmb3 τὰ ὑπάρχοντα αὐτοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “his property” or “his wealth”
|
||||
25:15 i81u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney πέντε τάλαντα 1 Avoid translating this into modern money. A **talent** of gold was worth twenty years’ wages. The parable is contrasting the relative amounts of five, two, and one, as well as the large amount of wealth involved. Alternate translation: “five bags of gold” or “five bags of gold, each worth 20 years’ wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
25:15 vyj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ᾧ δὲ δύο, ᾧ δὲ ἕν 1 The word **talents** is understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “and to another he gave two talents of gold, and to another he gave one talent of gold” or “and to another he gave two bags of gold, and to another he gave one bag of gold” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
25:15 d87u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν 1 You can state the implicit information explicitly. Alternate translation: “according to each servant’s skill in managing wealth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
25:16 qkr2 ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα 1 Alternate translation: “out of his investments, he earned another five talents”
|
||||
25:17 u4vs ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα δύο 1 Alternate translation: “earned another two talents”
|
||||
25:19 vc9p δὲ 1 The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Jesus starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
25:20 adz4 πέντε τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα 1 Alternate translation: “I have earned five more talents”
|
||||
25:20 ttf7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney τάλαντα 1 A “talent” was worth twenty years’ wages. Avoid translating this into modern money. See how you translated this in [25:15](../25/15.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
25:21 l5mg εὖ 1 Your culture might have an expression that a master (or someone in authority) would use to show that he approves of what his servant (or someone under him) has done. Alternate translation: “You have done well” or “You have done right”
|
||||
25:21 d2s9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου 1 The phrase **Enter into the joy** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Come and be happy with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
25:21 u9od rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου 1 The master is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
25:22 n2xc δύο τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα 1 Alternate translation: “I have earned two more talents”
|
||||
25:23 hsb6 εὖ 1 Your culture might have an expression that a master (or someone in authority) would use to show that he approves of what his servant (or someone under him) has done. See how you translated this in [25:21](../25/21.md). Alternate translation: “You have done well” or “You have done right”
|
||||
25:23 plv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου 1 The phrase **Enter into the joy** is an idiom. See how you translated this in [25:21](../25/21.md). Alternate translation: “Come and be happy with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
25:23 b5k7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου 1 The master is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
25:24 m8an rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας 1 The words **reaping where you did not sow** and **gathering where you did not scatter** mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
25:24 xj4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας 1 This refers to a farmer who gathers crops that other people have planted. The servant uses this metaphor to accuse the master of taking what rightfully belongs to others. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
25:24 au9f οὐ διεσκόρπισας 1 This refers to sowing seed by gently throwing handfuls of it onto the soil. Alternate translation: “you did not scatter seed”
|
||||
25:25 wl5c ἴδε, ἔχεις τὸ σόν 1 Alternate translation: “Look, here is what is yours”
|
||||
25:26 l3jz πονηρὲ δοῦλε καὶ ὀκνηρέ! ᾔδεις 1 Alternate translation: “You are a wicked slave who does not want to work. You knew”
|
||||
25:26 he3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα 1 The words **reap where I did not sow** and **harvest where I did not scatter** mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
25:26 xtaj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα 1 This refers to a farmer who gathers crops that people who work for him have planted. See how you translated this in [25:24](../25/24.md), where the servant uses these words to accuse the farmer. The readers should understand that the farmer is acknowledging that he does indeed gather what others have planted but is saying that he is right to do so. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
25:27 rhg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐκομισάμην ἂν τὸ ἐμὸν 1 You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “I would have received back my own money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
25:27 n7jd τόκῳ 1 This **interest** was a payment from the banker for the temporary use of the master’s money.
|
||||
25:28 paw8 ἄρατε & τὸ τάλαντον 1 The master is speaking to other servants.
|
||||
25:28 b1ge rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney τὸ τάλαντον 1 A **talent** was worth twenty years’ wages. Avoid translating this into modern money. See how you translated this in [25:15](../25/15.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
25:29 e5py rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ & ἔχοντι 1 It is implied that the person who has something also uses it wisely. Alternate translation: “to the one who uses well what he has” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
25:29 r7lv καὶ περισσευθήσεται 1 Alternate translation: “even much more”
|
||||
25:29 pcr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ δὲ μὴ ἔχοντος 1 It is implied that the person does have something but he does not use it wisely. Alternate translation: “But from the one does not use well what he has” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
25:29 mdc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀρθήσεται 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take away” or “I will take away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
25:30 c2vb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 Here, **outer darkness** is a metonym for the place where God sends those who reject them. This is a place that is completely separated from God forever. See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “the dark place away from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
25:30 zy3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 Here, **grinding of teeth** is symbolic action, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “weeping and expressing their extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
25:31 qtg6 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nJesus begins to tell his disciples how he will judge people when he returns at the end time.
|
||||
25:31 e7um rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
25:32 f2w9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ συναχθήσονται ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And he will gather all the nations before himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
25:32 kd14 ἔμπροσθεν αὐτοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “in front of him”
|
||||
25:32 ndf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 Here, **nations** refers to people. Alternate translation: “all people from every country” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
25:32 nk18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὥσπερ ὁ ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων 1 Jesus uses a simile to describe how he will separate the people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
25:33 pbq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor καὶ στήσει τὰ μὲν πρόβατα ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, τὰ δὲ ἐρίφια ἐξ εὐωνύμων 1 This is a metaphor that means the Son of Man will separate all people. He will put the righteous people at his right side, and he will put the sinners at his left side. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
25:34 t8pp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Βασιλεὺς & αὐτοῦ 1 Here, “the King” is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus was referring to himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “I, the King, … my right hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
25:34 ze81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δεῦτε οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Come, you whom my Father has blessed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
25:34 h2k9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
25:34 b57r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “inherit the kingdom that God has made ready for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
25:34 yj1p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν 1 Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “receive the blessings of God’s rule that he has planned to give you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
25:15 i81u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney πέντε τάλαντα 1 See the discussion of the talent as a unit of money in the General Notes to this chapter to decide how to represent these numbers of **talents** in your translation. Alternate translation: “an amount equal to 80 years’ wages … an amount equal to 32 years’ wages … an amount equal to 16 years’ wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])\n
|
||||
25:15 vyj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ᾧ δὲ δύο, ᾧ δὲ ἕν, ἑκάστῳ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. It may be helpful to break the sentence here. Alternate translation: “and to one slave he gave two talents, and to one slave he gave one talent. He gave to each” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
25:15 d87u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν δύναμιν 1 Here, **his** refers to each slave. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to each of them according to each one’s own ability” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
25:16 qkr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney τὰ πέντε τάλαντα & ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα 1 See how you translated **talents** in the previous verse to decide how to translate it here and in the rest of the parable. Alternate translation: “the amount equal to 80 years’ wages … an equal amount” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
|
||||
25:17 u4vs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ ὁ τὰ δύο, ἐκέρδησεν ἄλλα δύο 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the one slave with the two talents also gained another two talents” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
25:18 begc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὁ & τὸ ἓν λαβὼν 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the one slave having received the one talent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
25:19 vc9p rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent μετὰ δὲ πολὺν χρόνον 1 **Now** here introduces a new event that happened **a long time** after the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “A long time later” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
25:19 uejo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται & καὶ συναίρει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Jesus uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “came and settled” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n
|
||||
25:19 s33o συναίρει λόγον 1 Alternate translation: “called them to give an account of how they had used his money”
|
||||
25:20 gkpa rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, Κύριε, πέντε τάλαντά μοι παρέδωκας, ἴδε, ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said that the master had handed over to him five talents, but behold, he had gained five talents” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
25:21 j1qd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἔφη αὐτῷ & εὖ, δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ πιστέ! ἐπὶ ὀλίγα ἦς πιστός, ἐπὶ πολλῶν σε καταστήσω; εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said to him that he had done well and was a good and faithful slave. The master also said that he had been faithful over a few things, so he would appoint him over many things. The master told him to enter into the joy of his master” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
25:21 l5mg εὖ 1 Your culture might have an expression that someone in authority would use to show that he approves of what someone working under his authority has done. Alternate translation: “You have done well” or “You have done right”
|
||||
25:21 d2s9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἴσελθε εἰς 1 Here, **Enter into** represents experiencing something. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Experience” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
|
||||
25:21 u9od rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου 1 Here the **master** is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “my joy” or “the joy of me, your master” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
25:22 xt2j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν, Κύριε, δύο τάλαντά μοι παρέδωκας. ἴδε, ἄλλα δύο τάλαντα ἐκέρδησα 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said to his master that he had handed over to him two talents, but behold, he had gained two talents” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
25:23 hsb6 ἔφη αὐτῷ ὁ κύριος αὐτοῦ, εὖ, δοῦλε ἀγαθὲ καὶ πιστέ! ἐπὶ ὀλίγα ἦς πιστός, ἐπὶ πολλῶν σε καταστήσω; εἴσελθε εἰς τὴν χαρὰν τοῦ κυρίου σου 1 The contents of this verse are identical to [25:21](../25/21.md). Translate both verses identically.
|
||||
25:24 hhvi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν, Κύριε, ἔγνων σε, ὅτι σκληρὸς εἶ ἄνθρωπος, θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said to his master that he knew that his master was a strict man, reaping where he did not sow, and gathering where he did not scatter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
25:24 au9f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας 1 Jesus’ audience would have known that the master was referring to **reaping** and **gathering** crops and sowing and scattering seed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “reaping crops where you did not sow seed, and gathering crops where you did not scatter seed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
25:24 m8an rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας 1 These two clauses mean the same thing. The slave says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how **strict** he thinks the master is. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “surely harvesting crops that you did not plant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
|
||||
25:24 xj4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor θερίζων ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρας, καὶ συνάγων ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισας 1 In these two clauses, the slave is speaking of the master as if he were a farmer who harvests a crop that someone else had planted. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use a simile. Alternate translation: “benefitting from the labor of other people” or “like a farmer who reaps crops where he did not sow seed and gathers crops where he did not scatter seed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
25:25 nowo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes καὶ φοβηθεὶς ἀπελθὼν, ἔκρυψα τὸ τάλαντόν σου ἐν τῇ γῇ. ἴδε, ἔχεις τὸ σόν 1 This verse continues a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “He also told his master that, having become afraid, he went away and hid the master’s talent in the ground. He told his master to behold, he had what was his” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
25:25 wl5c rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result φοβηθεὶς 1 This clause may refer to: (1) the result of knowing what the slave stated in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “this made me afraid, so, going away” (2) the reason why the slave went away and **hid** the master’s money in the ground. Alternate translation: “since I was afraid, going away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
25:26 u6do rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν αὐτῷ, πονηρὲ δοῦλε καὶ ὀκνηρέ! ᾔδεις ὅτι θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said to him that he was a wicked and lazy slave. He knew that the master reaped where he did not sow and harvested where he did not scatter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
25:26 he3h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor θερίζω ὅπου οὐκ ἔσπειρα, καὶ συνάγω ὅθεν οὐ διεσκόρπισα 1 See how you translated the similar clauses in [25:24](../25/24.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
25:27 hmdo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἔδει σε οὖν βαλεῖν τὰ ἀργύριά μου τοῖς τραπεζείταις, καὶ ἐλθὼν, ἐγὼ ἐκομισάμην ἂν τὸ ἐμὸν σὺν τόκῳ 1 This verse continues a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Therefore, it was necessary for him to have placed the master’s money with the bankers, and having come, he would have received back his money with interest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
25:27 rhg9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βαλεῖν τὰ ἀργύριά μου τοῖς τραπεζείταις & σὺν τόκῳ 1 Here, **bankers** refers to people who accept deposits of money and use them to make loans. They pay an **interest** premium on the deposits and charges an **interest** premium on the loans. If your culture does not have **bankers**, or if your culture does not allow **interest** payments, you could translate this in a different way that would be meaningful to your readers. Alternate translation: “to let someone borrow my money … with a share of the profits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
25:28 cq5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἄρατε οὖν ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὸ τάλαντον, καὶ δότε τῷ ἔχοντι τὰ δέκα τάλαντα 1 This verse continues a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Therefore, the master commanded that his other slaves take away the talent from him and give it to the one having the ten talents” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
25:28 paw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄρατε & ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ τὸ τάλαντον 1 The master says this command to other servants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you other servants take away the talent from him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
25:29 e5py rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῷ & ἔχοντι παντὶ 1 The master implies that **everyone having** are those servants who use what has been given to them faithfully to earn more money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to everyone who uses the money wisely that I have given him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
25:29 r7lv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive δοθήσεται 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will give it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n
|
||||
25:29 xv1l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns δοθήσεται καὶ περισσευθήσεται 1 Both occurrences of **it** here refer to more of what the master has already given to his servants. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “more of what he has will be given and what he has will abound” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
25:29 b93i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun τοῦ & μὴ ἔχοντος, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 The master is speaking of a group of people in general, not of one particular person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “from the people not having, even what they have will be taken away from them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
|
||||
25:29 pcr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ & μὴ ἔχοντος 1 The master implies that **the one not having** is any slave who does not use what he has been given faithfully to earn more money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the one who does not use the money wisely that I have given him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
25:29 mdc1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀρθήσεται 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form, and you could state who will do the action. Alternate translation: “I will take away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
25:30 t24f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes καὶ τὸν ἀχρεῖον δοῦλον, ἐκβάλετε εἰς τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον; ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 This verse continues a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verses. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And the master commanded his slaves to throw out the worthless slave into the outer darkness, where there would be weeping and grinding of the teeth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
25:30 c2vb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον 1 See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
25:30 zy3k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
25:31 qtg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that Jesus has finished telling the story in [25:14–30](../25/14.md) and is about to tell his disciples how he will judge people when he returns at the end time. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
25:31 e7um rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person in [25:31–33](../25/31.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n
|
||||
25:31 mu1k rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The phrase **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
25:31 lkn8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **glory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “and shows how glorious he is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
25:31 gx81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy καθίσει ἐπὶ θρόνου δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus’ hearers would have known that a king sits on his **throne** in order to rule as king. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated a similar expression in [19:28](../19/28.md). Alternate translation: “he will sit on his glorious throne to rule as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
25:32 n91c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person αὐτοῦ & ἀφοριεῖ 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person throughout this verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
25:32 f2w9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συναχθήσονται & πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. The angels may be the ones doing the action, as suggested by [13:41](../13/41.md), [13:49](../13/49.md) and the reference to angels in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “his angels will gather all the nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
25:32 ndf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 Here, **nations** refers to people who live in **all the nations**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “people from all the nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n
|
||||
25:32 nk18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ὥσπερ ὁ ποιμὴν ἀφορίζει τὰ πρόβατα ἀπὸ τῶν ἐρίφων 1 Jesus compares separating people into two groups to a **shepherd** separating two different types of animals into two groups. If your readers would be unfamiliar with shepherding or these animals, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “just as someone separates two different types of animals into two groups” or “into two groups” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
25:33 bptq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person στήσει & αὐτοῦ & εὐωνύμων 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person throughout this verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
25:33 pbq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὰ & πρόβατα & τὰ & ἐρίφια 1 Here Jesus refers to true believers, whom he calls “the righteous ones” in [25:37](../25/37.md), as **sheep**. He also refers to unbelievers as **goats**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the true believers … the unbelievers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
25:33 quw4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ & εὐωνύμων 1 In this verse Jesus is using the adjectives **right** and **left** as nouns in order to indicate his **right** and **left** sides. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could state that specifically. Alternate translation: “his right side … his left side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])\n
|
||||
25:33 wh9m rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ 1 The **right** side of a ruler was a position of great honor and authority. By placing the **sheep on his right**, Jesus was symbolically conferring honor and authority on them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the place of honor on his right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n
|
||||
25:34 t8pp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Βασιλεὺς & αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **the King** is another title for the Son of Man, who is Jesus. Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
25:34 ngbp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐκ δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ, δεῦτε οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου, κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 A direct quotation within a direct quotation begins here and continues until the end of [25:36](../25/36.md). If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “at his right that they have been blessed by his Father and should come inherit the kingdom prepared for them from the foundation of the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
25:34 rb4e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj δεξιῶν αὐτοῦ 1 See how you translated **his right** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
25:34 ze81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you whom my Father has blessed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
25:36 cj18 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes γυμνὸς καὶ περιεβάλετέ με, ἠσθένησα καὶ ἐπεσκέψασθέ με, ἐν φυλακῇ ἤμην καὶ ἤλθατε πρός με. 1 This verse is a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous [25:34](../25/34.md) and continues until the end of this verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he was naked, and they clothed him; he was sick, and they cared for him; he was in prison, and they came to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
25:34 h2k9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
25:34 b57r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God has prepared for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
25:34 w1du rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor κληρονομήσατε 1 Here Jesus speaks of being able to live in **the kingdom** of God as if **the kingdom** were property that people could **inherit** from their parents. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “live in” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
|
||||
25:34 cdi8 ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 Alternate translation: “since he first created the world”
|
||||
25:37 yh3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ δίκαιοι 1 If your language does not use the nominal adjective **righteous**, you can express it as an adjective. Alternate translation: “the righteous people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
25:37 cs5d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἢ διψῶντα 1 You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “Or when did we see you thirsty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
25:38 h52x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἢ γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν? 1 This is the end of a series of questions that begins in verse 37. You can state the understood information clearly. Alternate translation: “Or when did we see you naked and give you clothing?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
25:40 m6mi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Βασιλεὺς 1 Here, **the King** is another title for the Son of Man. Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
25:40 i2aq ἐρεῖ αὐτοῖς 1 Alternate translation: “will say to those at his right hand”
|
||||
25:40 mhe2 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 This emphasizes what the King says next. Alternate translation: “I tell you the truth”
|
||||
25:40 acs3 ἑνὶ & τῶν ἐλαχίστων 1 Alternate translation: “for one of the least important”
|
||||
25:40 nh4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου 1 Here, **brothers** refers to anyone, male or female, who obeys the King. Alternate translation: “my brothers and sisters here” or “these who are like my brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
25:40 k4hb ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε 1 Alternate translation: “I consider that you did it for me”
|
||||
25:41 z1nh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τότε ἐρεῖ καὶ 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. Alternate translation: “Then the King also will” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
25:41 pr8n κατηραμένοι 1 Alternate translation: “you people whom God has cursed”
|
||||
25:41 hqf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον, τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the everlasting fire that God has prepared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
25:43 g6ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis γυμνὸς καὶ οὐ περιεβάλετέ με 1 The words **I was** preceding **naked** are understood. Alternate translation: “I was naked, but you did not give me clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
25:43 tq4x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἀσθενὴς καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ 1 The words “I was” preceding **sick** are understood. Alternate translation: “I was sick and in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
25:44 hiy6 ἀποκριθήσονται καὶ αὐτοὶ 1 Alternate translation: “those on his left will also answer”
|
||||
25:45 nm2e ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων 1 Alternate translation: “for any of the least important ones of my people”
|
||||
25:35 bd6m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐπείνασα γὰρ καὶ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν, ἐδίψησα καὶ ἐποτίσατέ με, ξένος ἤμην καὶ συνηγάγετέ με 1 This verse is a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse and continues until the end of [25:36](../25/36.md). If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For he was hungry, and they gave him to eat; he was thirsty, and they gave him to drink; he was a stranger, and they invited him in” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
25:35 wchh rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why righteous people inherit the kingdom, as stated in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “Inherit the kingdom because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n
|
||||
25:35 f9zg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν & ἐποτίσατέ με & συνηγάγετέ με 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you gave me food to eat … you gave me something to drink … you invited me into your homes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
25:36 ur3i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes γυμνὸς καὶ περιεβάλετέ με, ἠσθένησα καὶ ἐπεσκέψασθέ με, ἐν φυλακῇ ἤμην καὶ ἤλθατε πρός με 1 This verse is a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in [25:34](../25/34.md) and continues until the end of this verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he was naked, and they clothed him; he was sick, and they cared for him; he was in prison, and they came to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
25:37 pdp4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγοντες, Κύριε, πότε σε εἴδομεν πεινῶντα καὶ ἐθρέψαμεν, ἢ διψῶντα καὶ ἐποτίσαμεν 1 A direct quotation within a direct quotation begins here and continues until the end of [25:39](../25/39.md). If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “asking their master when they saw him hungry and fed him or thirsty and gave him to drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
25:37 yh3p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis διψῶντα καὶ ἐποτίσαμεν 1 The **righteous ones** are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause and from the similar phrase in [25:35](../25/35.md). Alternate translation: “when did we see you thirsty and give you something to drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
25:38 us2t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ξένον καὶ συνηγάγομεν, ἢ γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν 1 This verse is a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse and continues until the end of [25:39](../25/39.md). If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And they asked when they saw him a stranger and invited him in, or naked and clothed him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
25:39 wwpp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes πότε δέ σε εἴδομεν ἀσθενῆ ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ ἤλθομεν πρός σε? 1 A direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in [25:37](../25/37.md) continues until the end of this verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And they asked when they saw him sick or in prison and came to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
25:38 fh6h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis συνηγάγομεν 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [25:35](../25/35.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
25:38 h52x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν 1 The “righteous ones” are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “when did we see you naked and clothe you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
25:40 m6mi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Βασιλεὺς 1 See how you translated the same use of **King** in [25:34](../25/34.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
25:40 i2aq rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** here refers to the “righteous ones” to whom **the King** spoke in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the righteous ones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n
|
||||
25:40 sjbd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes αὐτοῖς, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον ἐποιήσατε ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου τῶν ἐλαχίστων, ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “to them that he said truly to them, to the extent that they did it for one of the least of those brothers of his, they did it for him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
25:40 mhe2 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md).
|
||||
25:40 acs3 τῶν ἐλαχίστων 1 Alternate translation: “of the least significant”
|
||||
25:40 nh4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
|
||||
25:40 nkbe rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου 1 The phrase **brothers of mine** here does not refer to Jesus’ actual **brothers**, but he is referring to everyone who believes in him as his **brothers**. Jesus says this because he considers them to be part of his spiritual family. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “who are like brothers to me” or “who are like family to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]])\n
|
||||
25:40 k4hb ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε 1 Alternate translation: “I consider that you did it for me” or “it is as if you did it for me”
|
||||
25:41 z1nh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἐρεῖ καὶ & εὐωνύμων 1 In this verse Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
25:41 aox4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj εὐωνύμων 1 See how you translated this phrase in [25:33](../25/33.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
25:41 wii6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐρεῖ καὶ τοῖς ἐξ εὐωνύμων, πορεύεσθε ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ κατηραμένοι εἰς τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον, τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις αὐτοῦ 1 Here a direct quotation within a direct quotation begins and continues until the end of [25:43](../25/43.md). If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he also will say to the ones on his left that they should depart from him, being accursed ones, into the eternal fire that has been prepared for the devil and his angels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
25:41 pr8n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κατηραμένοι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “you whom God has cursed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
25:41 hqf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that God has prepared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
25:42 u2od rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ἐπείνασα γὰρ καὶ οὐκ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν, ἐδίψησα καὶ οὐκ ἐποτίσατέ με 1 This verse is a direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in the previous verse and continues until the end of [25:43](../25/43.md). If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For he was hungry, and they did not give him to eat; he was thirsty, and they did not give him to drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
25:42 yrvn rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why the “accursed ones” must go “into the eternal fire,” as stated in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “Go into the eternal fire because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
25:42 fbyb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν & οὐκ ἐποτίσατέ με 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you did not give me food to eat … you did not give me something to drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
25:43 h45r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ξένος ἤμην καὶ οὐ συνηγάγετέ με, γυμνὸς καὶ οὐ περιεβάλετέ με, ἀσθενὴς καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ καὶ οὐκ ἐπεσκέψασθέ με 1 A direct quotation within a direct quotation that began in [25:41](../25/41.md) continues until the end of this verse. If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “He was a stranger, and they did not invite him in; naked, and they did not clothe him; sick and in prison, and they did not care for him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
25:43 g6ec rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οὐ συνηγάγετέ με, γυμνὸς καὶ οὐ περιεβάλετέ με, ἀσθενὴς καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “you invited me into your homes; I was naked, and you did not clothe me; I was sick and in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
25:44 hiy6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτοὶ 1 The pronoun **they** here refers to the “accursed ones” on Jesus’ left side whom he spoke to in the previous two verses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those accursed ones” or “those on his left side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n
|
||||
25:44 bnny rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγοντες, Κύριε, πότε σε εἴδομεν πεινῶντα, ἢ διψῶντα, ἢ ξένον, ἢ γυμνὸν, ἢ ἀσθενῆ, ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ, καὶ οὐ διηκονήσαμέν σοι? 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “asking their master when did they see him hungry, or hungry, or a stranger, or sick, or in prison, and did not serve him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
25:45 nlkm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ἀποκριθήσεται 1 Here Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
25:45 zc8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes λέγων, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν, ἐφ’ ὅσον οὐκ ἐποιήσατε ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἐλαχίστων, οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε 1 If your language would not use a direct quotation inside of a direct quotation, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that he said truly to them, to the extent that they did not do it for one of the least of those, they did not do it for him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])\n
|
||||
25:45 uryd ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md).
|
||||
25:45 j8r5 τῶν ἐλαχίστων 1 See how you translated this phrase in [25:40](../25/40.md).
|
||||
25:45 nm2e rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τούτων 1 Here, **these** refers to believers, whom Jesus calls “brothers of mine” in [25:40](../25/40.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of these brothers of mine” or “of these people who are like family to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
25:45 whu5 οὐδὲ ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε. 1 Alternate translation: “I consider that you did not do it for me” or “I was really the one whom you did not help”
|
||||
25:46 m6me καὶ ἀπελεύσονται οὗτοι εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον 1 Alternate translation: “And the King will send these to a place where they will receive punishment that never ends”
|
||||
25:46 nj72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis οἱ δὲ δίκαιοι εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “but the King will send the righteous to the place where they will live forever with God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
25:46 kq5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj οἱ & δίκαιοι 1 If your language does not use nominative adjective **righteous**, you can express it as an adjective. Alternate translation: “the righteous people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
26:intro mtq8 0 # Matthew 26 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 26:31, which is words from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Sheep\n\nSheep are a common image used in Scripture to refer to the people of Israel. In [Matthew 26:31](../mat/26/31.md), however, Jesus used the words “the sheep” to refer to his disciples and to say that they would run away when he was arrested.\n\n### Passover\n\nThe Passover festival was when the Jews would celebrate the day God killed the firstborn sons of the Egyptians but “passed over” the Israelites and let them live.\n\n### The meaning of the “body” and “blood” of Jesus\n\n[Matthew 26:26-28](./26.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. During this meal, Jesus said of the bread, “This is my body,” and of the wine, “This is my blood of the covenant, that is being poured out for many.” As Jesus instructed, Christian churches around the world re-enact this meal regularly, calling it “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion.” But they have different understandings of what Jesus meant by these sayings. Some churches believe that Jesus was speaking and that he meant that the bread and wine represented his body and blood. Other churches believe that he was speaking literally and that the actual body and blood of Jesus are really present in the bread and wine of this ceremony. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Judas’ kiss for Jesus\n\n[Matthew 26:49](../mat/26/49.md) describes how Judas kissed Jesus so the soldiers would know whom to arrest. The Jews would kiss each other when they greeted each other.\n\n### “I am able to destroy the temple of God”\n\nTwo men accused Jesus of saying that he could destroy the temple in Jerusalem and then rebuild it “in three days” ([Matthew 26:61](../mat/26/61.md)). They were accusing him of insulting God by claiming that God had given him the authority to destroy the temple and the power to rebuild it. What Jesus actually said was that if the Jewish authorities were to destroy this temple, he would certainly raise it up in three days ([John 2:19](../jhn/02/19.md)).
|
||||
25:46 m6me rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns οὗτοι 1 Here, **these** refers to the “accursed ones” on Jesus’ left side whom he has been speaking to in the previous three verses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those accursed ones” or “those on his left side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
25:46 nj72 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀπελεύσονται & εἰς κόλασιν αἰώνιον & εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Here, **eternal punishment** refers to the place where the unrighteous people will be punished, and **eternal life** refers to place where the righteous people will be rewarded. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will go away into the place where they will be eternally punished … into the place where they will live eternally” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
25:46 kq5b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a clause would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from the previous clause if it would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “will go into eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:intro mtq8 0 # Matthew 26 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in [26:31](../26/31.md), which is quoted from the Old Testament.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Sheep\n\nSheep are a common image used in Scripture to refer to the people of Israel. In [26:31](../26/31.md), however, Jesus uses the words “the sheep” to refer to his disciples and to say that they would run away when he was arrested.\n\n### Passover\n\nThe Passover festival was when the Jews celebrated the day God killed the firstborn sons of the Egyptians but “passed over” the Israelites and let them live.\n\n### The meaning of the “body” and “blood” of Jesus\n\n[26:26–28](./26.md) describes Jesus’ last meal with his followers. During this meal, Jesus said of the bread, “This is my body,” and of the wine, “This is my blood of the covenant, that is being poured out for many.” As Jesus instructed, Christian churches around the world re-enact this meal regularly, calling it “the Lord’s Supper,” the “Eucharist”, or “Holy Communion.” But they have different understandings of what Jesus meant by these sayings. Some churches believe that Jesus was speaking figuratively and that he meant that the bread and wine represented his body and blood. Other churches believe that he was speaking literally and that the actual body and blood of Jesus are really present in the bread and wine of this ceremony. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Judas’ kiss for Jesus\n\n[26:49](../mat/26/49.md) describes how Judas kissed Jesus so the soldiers would know whom to arrest. In this culture, when men greeted other men who were family or friends, they would **kiss** them on one cheek or on both cheeks. If your readers would find it embarrassing if you said that one man would kiss another man, you could explain the purpose of the gesture, or you could translate the expression in a more general way. You might say, for example, that Judas “kissed Jesus on the cheek as a greeting” or that Judas “gave Jesus a friendly greeting.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n\n### “I am able to destroy the temple of God”\n\nTwo men accused Jesus of saying that he could destroy the temple in Jerusalem and then rebuild it “in three days” ([26:61](../26/61.md)). They were accusing him of insulting God by claiming that God had given him the authority to destroy the temple and the power to rebuild it. What Jesus actually said was that if the Jewish authorities were to destroy this temple, he would certainly raise it up in three days ([John 2:19](../jhn/02/19.md)).
|
||||
26:1 i35c rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε 1 See how you translated this phrase in [11:1](../11/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
26:1 z15a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 Matthew is leaving out a word that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply the word from the context. Alternate translation: “speaking all these words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:1 xiv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 Here, **these words** refers to everything that Jesus taught in [24:3](../24/03.md)–[25:46](../25/46.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “all these teachings about what would happen in the future” or “all these teachings about his return to earth and the final judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
26:2 eyoq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is referring to himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
|
||||
26:2 wiv5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The phrase **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])\n
|
||||
26:2 g4lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς τὸ σταυρωθῆναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will hand over the Son of Man to other people who will crucify him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
26:2 g4lh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται εἰς τὸ σταυρωθῆναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone will hand over the Son of Man to other people, who will crucify him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
26:3 eps8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνήχθησαν & τοῦ λεγομένου Καϊάφα 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “came together … whose name was Caiaphas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
26:5 u4fh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “We should not kill Jesus during the festival” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:5 s9p7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 Here, **the festival** refers the Passover **festival**, as indicated in [verse 2](../26/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
26:6 zq3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [verses 6–13](../26/06.md) is a new event that happened around the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Around that time,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
26:5 u4fh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μὴ ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 The chief priests and elders are leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You could supply these words from the context if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “We should not kill Jesus during the festival” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:5 s9p7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ ἑορτῇ 1 Here, **the festival** refers the Passover **festival**, as indicated in [26:2](../26/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
26:6 zq3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [26:6–13](../26/06.md) is a new event that happened around the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Around that time,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
26:6 hg3s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit Σίμωνος τοῦ λεπροῦ 1 Matthew implies that this **Simon** is a man whom Jesus had healed from leprosy. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of Simon, a man whom Jesus had healed of leprosy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
26:7 yxf8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῷ & αὐτοῦ ἀνακειμένου 1 The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus … Jesus’ … as Jesus is reclining to eat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
26:7 sjky rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession ἀλάβαστρον μύρου βαρυτίμου 1 Matthew is using the possessive form to describe a **jar** that is filled with **very expensive perfumed oil**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “an alabaster jar full of very expensive perfumed oil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1899,13 +1945,13 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene
|
|||
26:8 rgp2 εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη 1 Alternate translation: “What is the purpose for this waste”
|
||||
26:8 vit4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἡ ἀπώλεια αὕτη? 1 Here the disciples are not asking for information. They ask this question to express their anger over the woman’s actions. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “What a waste!” or “This is such a waste of perfume!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
26:9 y83e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδύνατο & τοῦτο πραθῆναι πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “she could have sold this for much and given” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
26:9 s9zx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to the jar full of perfumed oil that the woman poured on Jesus’ head in [verse 7](../26/07.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this perfumed oil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
26:9 rkx5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “for much money and that money to be given” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:9 s9zx rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to the jar full of perfumed oil that the woman poured on Jesus’ head in [26:7](../26/07.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this perfumed oil” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
26:9 rkx5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πολλοῦ καὶ δοθῆναι 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “for much money and that money to be given” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:9 f76h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj πτωχοῖς 1 Matthew is using the adjective **poor** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “to people who are poor” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
26:10 pfv1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί κόπους παρέχετε τῇ γυναικί? 1 Jesus is not asking for information here. He asks this question in order to rebuke his disciples. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not cause trouble for the woman!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
26:10 fg3v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular παρέχετε 1 Here, **you** is plural and refers to the disciples. If it would be helpful in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “are you disciples causing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
26:10 aieo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κόπους παρέχετε & ἔργον & καλὸν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **trouble** and **work**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “are you troubling … something good” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
26:11 wsp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς 1 See how you translated **the poor** in [verse 9](../26/09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
26:11 wsp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τοὺς πτωχοὺς 1 See how you translated **the poor** in [26:9](../26/09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
26:11 o93p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐμὲ & οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε 1 In this phrase Jesus implies that he would not always be with them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you do not always have me with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
26:12 vk5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown τὸ μύρον 1 See how you translated **perfumed oil** in [26:7](../26/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
26:13 xs1w ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md).
|
||||
|
|
@ -1913,51 +1959,49 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene
|
|||
26:13 s12m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λαληθήσεται καὶ ὃ ἐποίησεν αὕτη εἰς μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in memory of her people will speak of what she has done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
26:14 lo3e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential τότε πορευθεὶς & πρὸς τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς 1 **Then** here indicates that what happens in this verse took place after what took place in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could show this relationship by using a fuller phrase. Alternate translation (without a comma at the end of the verse): “After Jesus said this, … went to the chief priests and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]])
|
||||
26:14 got6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 Matthew is using the adjective **Twelve** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. See how you translated **Twelve** in [10:5](../10/05.md). Alternate translation: “of the 12 apostles” or “of the 12 men whom he had appointed to be apostles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])\n
|
||||
26:14 e4gk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος 1 See how you translated **named** in [verse 3](../26/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
26:14 e4gk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ λεγόμενος 1 See how you translated **named** in [26:3](../26/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
26:15 pics rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism τί 1 **What** here is referring to an amount of money. This is a polite way of asking to be paid money. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or you could state this plainly. Alternate translation: “How much money” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])\n
|
||||
26:15 es4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτόν & αὐτῷ 1 While the first occurrence of **him** in this verse refers to Jesus, the second occurrence of **him** refers to Judas Iscariot. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
26:15 x7zx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτῷ 1 The phrase **for him** implies that the chief priests gave the **pieces of silver** to Judas. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “in order to give them to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
26:16 w1e4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτὸν παραδῷ 1 Matthew implies that Jesus would **betray** Jesus by helping the chief priests arrest him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he might betray Jesus by helping the chief priests arrest him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
26:17 f3s2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [verses 17–25](../26/17.md) a new event that happened shortly after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
26:17 med9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 **Unleavened Bread** here refers to the Festival of Unleavened Bread that begins at Passover and was one week long. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Festival of Unleavened Bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
26:17 f3s2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [26:17–25](../26/17.md) a new event that happened shortly after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
26:17 med9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν Ἀζύμων 1 **Unleavened Bread** here refers to the Festival of Unleavened Bread that began at Passover and lasted for one week. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Festival of Unleavened Bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
26:17 zkpv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations λέγοντες 1 Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “and they said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n
|
||||
26:17 xm39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 Here, **the Passover** refers to the meal that people ate together on that occasion. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n
|
||||
26:18 hc78 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes ὑπάγετε εἰς τὴν πόλιν πρὸς τὸν δεῖνα καὶ εἴπατε αὐτῷ, ὁ διδάσκαλος λέγει, ὁ καιρός μου ἐγγύς ἐστιν; πρὸς σὲ ποιῶ τὸ Πάσχα μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν μου. 1 This verse has three levels of direct quotations. If direct quotations inside direct quotations would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second-level and third-level direct quotations as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “Go into the city to such a man and say to him that the Teacher says that his time is near. He is doing the Passover at your house with his disciples.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
26:18 s2sj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν πόλιν 1 Here, **the city** refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
26:18 r4tg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ καιρός μου 1 **My time** here could refer to: (1) the time that Jesus had arranged beforehand with the **man** to use a room in his house for the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “The time I arranged with you” (2) the time God had appointed for Jesus to die. Alternate translation: “The time God appointed for me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
26:18 j9pz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 See how you translated the same use of **the Passover** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
26:19 vel7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 See how you translated the same use of **the Passover** in the [verse 17](../26/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n
|
||||
26:19 vel7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ Πάσχα 1 See how you translated the same use of **the Passover** in the [26:17](../26/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n
|
||||
26:20 bga4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀνέκειτο 1 See how you translated this phrase in [26:7](../26/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
26:20 js7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated **the Twelve** in [verse 14](../26/14.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
26:20 js7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated **the Twelve** in [26:14](../26/14.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
26:21 ehx6 ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md).
|
||||
26:22 n12r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε? 1 This could be: (1) a rhetorical question, which means that the apostles were sure they would not betray Jesus. Alternate translation: “Surely not I, Lord!” (2) a sincere question, which means that Jesus’ statement troubled and confused them. Alternate translation: “Could it be me, Lord?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
26:22 r2it rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε 1 The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Surely it is not me who will betray you, Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:22 r2it rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Κύριε 1 The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Surely it is not I who will betray you, Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:23 mpnm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ὁ ἐμβάψας μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὴν χεῖρα ἐν τῷ τρυβλίῳ 1 This refers to someone using **his hand** to dip a piece of bread into some sauce or liquid food that is in a dish. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The one having dipped bread with me into the sauce that is in the dish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
26:24 n7dw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ μὲν Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑπάγει καθὼς γέγραπται περὶ αὐτοῦ, οὐαὶ δὲ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will depart just as it is written about me. But woe to that man by whom I am betrayed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n
|
||||
26:24 xgbm rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ & Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The phrase **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
26:24 x2n9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ὑπάγει 1 Here, **depart** is a polite way to refer to dying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will be put to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
26:24 vix3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καθὼς γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. This phrase specifically refers to what the prophets wrote in the Hebrew Scriptures. Alternate translation: “just as the prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
26:24 eqcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 Here, Matthew quotes Jesus using **it is written** to mean that it is prophesied in the Old Testament Scriptures. Jesus assumes that his hearers understood this. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is referring to an important text. Alternate translation: “just as it has been written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
26:24 eqcu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καθὼς γέγραπται 1 Jesus assumes that his hearers will understand that by using **it is written**, he means that it is prophesied in the Old Testament Scriptures. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is referring to the Scriptures. Alternate translation: “just as it has been written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
26:24 hai5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐκείνῳ δι’ οὗ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “to that man who betrays the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
26:24 xda7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture καλὸν ἦν 1 Jesus is using the past tense in order to refer to something that will happen in the future. He is doing this to show that the event will certainly happen. If this is confusing in your language, you could use the future tense. Alternate translation: “It would certainly be better” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
26:24 vy1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οὐκ ἐγεννήθη ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that man’s mother had not given birth to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
26:25 vpq1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί? 1 Judas is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to deny that he will betray Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely it is not I, Rabbi!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
26:25 ex1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί 1 The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Surely it is not me who will betray you, Rabbi” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:25 ex1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι, Ῥαββεί 1 The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Surely it is not I who will betray you, Rabbi” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:25 oee7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns λέγει αὐτῷ 1 **He** here refers to Jesus and **him** refers to **Judas**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus said to Judas” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
26:25 y9lk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σὺ εἶπας 1 This is an idiom that Jesus uses to give an affirmative answer to Judas’ question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “You are saying it” or “You are admitting it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
26:26 qh16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [verses 26–56](../26/26.md) is a new event that happened shortly after the time of the events that the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon after,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
26:25 y9lk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σὺ εἶπας 1 This is an idiom that Jesus uses to give an affirmative answer to Judas’ question. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “It is as you have said yourself” or “You are admitting it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
26:26 qh16 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [26:26–56](../26/26.md) is a new event that happened shortly after the time of the events that the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Soon after,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
26:26 y6me rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἄρτον 1 The term **bread** refers to a loaf of **bread**, which is a lump of flour dough that a person has shaped and baked. The **bread** referred to here was a flat loaf of unleavened **bread** that was eaten as part of the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “a loaf of bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n
|
||||
26:26 rb65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄρτον 1 Since Jews did not eat **bread** made with yeast during this festival, this **bread** would not have had any yeast in it and it would have been flat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a loaf of unleavened bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
26:26 rb65 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄρτον 1 Since Jews did not eat **bread** made with yeast during this festival, this **bread** would not have had any yeast in it and it would have been flat. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “a flat loaf of unleavened bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
26:26 mr5u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὐλογήσας 1 This could mean: (1) Jesus thanked God for providing the **bread**. Alternate translation: “having blessed God for it” (2) Jesus asked God to bless the **bread**. Alternate translation: “having asked God to bless it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
26:26 yg2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis λάβετε, φάγετε 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Take some of this bread and eat it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:26 yg2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis λάβετε, φάγετε 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Take some of this bread and eat it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:26 tkiu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου 1 See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate this sentence. See also how it is translated in [Mark 14:22](../../mrk/14/22.md). Christians understand this phrase to be: (1) a metaphor. Alternate translation: “This represents my body” (2) literal. Alternate translation: “My body is really present in this bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
|
||||
26:27 tn39 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ποτήριον 1 Here, **cup** refers to both the **cup** and the wine that was in it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a cup of wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
26:27 zb1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εὐχαριστήσας 1 Matthew implies that Jesus thanked God for the wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having given thanks to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
26:28 l55a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦτο 1 Here, **this** refers to the wine in the cup that was mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
26:28 o1zn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦτο & ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ περὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυννόμενον 1 See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate this sentence. See also how it is translated in [Mark 14:24](../../mrk/14/24.md). This phrase could be: (1) a metaphor. Alternate translation: “this wine represents my blood which establishes the covenant, and it is my blood which I will pour out for many” (2) literal. Alternate translation: “my blood of the covenant, which is being poured out for many, is really present in this wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
|
||||
26:28 o1zn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῦτο & ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ περὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυννόμενον 1 See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter about how to translate this sentence. See also how it is translated in [Mark 14:24](../../mrk/14/24.md). This phrase could be: (1) a metaphor. Alternate translation: “this wine represents my blood that establishes the covenant, and it is my blood that I will pour out for many” (2) literal. Alternate translation: “my blood of the covenant, which is being poured out for many, is really present in this wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
|
||||
26:28 ct81 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal τοῦτο & ἐστιν τὸ αἷμά μου τῆς διαθήκης, τὸ περὶ πολλῶν ἐκχυννόμενον 1 The phrase **of the** introduces the purpose for Jesus shedding his **blood**. Jesus is stating that the purpose for him shedding his **blood** is to establish the new **covenant**. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose. Alternate translation: “this is my blood which is being poured out for many for the purpose of establishing God’s covenant” or “This is my blood which is being poured out for many for the purpose of making God’s covenant with his people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])\n
|
||||
26:28 bms3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκχυννόμενον 1 Jesus is referring to the way his **blood** is going to be **poured out** when he dies. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which I will pour out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
26:28 bqc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of *(*forgiveness** and **sins**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “forgiving the sinful things people have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
26:28 bqc7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **forgiveness** and **sins**, you could express the same ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “forgiving the sinful things people have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
26:29 l556 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives οὐ μὴ 1 The phrase **certainly not** translates two negative words in Greek. Jesus uses them together for emphasis. If your language can use two negatives together for emphasis without them cancelling each other to create a positive meaning, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])\n
|
||||
26:29 h85b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τοῦ γενήματος τῆς ἀμπέλου 1 This is an idiom that refers to wine. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
26:29 domn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης 1 Here Jesus uses the term **day** to refer to a particular period of time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
|
||||
|
|
@ -1965,22 +2009,24 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene
|
|||
26:29 q8zs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τῇ βασιλείᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 See how you translated the phrase “the kingdom of the heavens” in [3:2](../03/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language to understand the abstract noun **kingdom**, you could express the idea behind it with a verb such as “rule,” as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
|
||||
26:29 m9vq rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
26:30 ed5k rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ὑμνήσαντες 1 A **hymn** is a song or poem that is sung to praise God. The Jews would traditionally sing a psalm from Psalms 113–118 at the end of the Passover meal, so the **hymn** that Jesus and his disciples sang was likely one of these psalms. If your readers would not be familiar with a **hymn**, you could use the name for religious songs in your culture, if you have them, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “having sung a psalm” or “having sung a song of praise to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n
|
||||
26:31 v8yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 Here, **fall away** is an idiom meaning “to desert.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “will leave me on account of what happens to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
|
||||
26:31 bvf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 Here Matthew quotes Jesus using **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Zechariah 13:7](../../zec/13/07.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n
|
||||
26:31 svl0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will stumble because of me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
26:31 v8yl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλισθήσεσθε ἐν ἐμοὶ 1 Jesus is speaking as if his disciples would literally **stumble** or fall down. He means that they will desert him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “will leave me on account of what happens to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
|
||||
26:31 bvf5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations γέγραπται 1 Here Jesus uses the phrase **it is written** to introduce a quotation from an Old Testament book ([Zechariah 13:7](../../zec/13/07.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Jesus is quoting from an important text. Alternate translation: “it is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n
|
||||
26:31 c4k1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γέγραπται 1 If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. What follows is a quotation from [Zechariah 13:7](../../zec/13/07.md). Alternate translation: “Zechariah wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n
|
||||
26:31 eq8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται γάρ, πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “because Zechariah the prophet wrote that God would strike the shepherd and the sheep of the flock would be scattered” or “because Zechariah the prophet predicted in the Scriptures that God would strike the shepherd and the sheep of the flock would be scattered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])\n
|
||||
26:31 mc1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 Jesus is quoting a prophecy from ([Zechariah 13:7](../../zec/13/07.md)) in which the prophet Zechariah speaks of the Messiah as if he were a **shepherd** and of the Messiah’s followers as if they were **sheep** that belonged to his **flock**. Since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing an explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
|
||||
26:31 mc1e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor πατάξω τὸν ποιμένα, καὶ διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 Jesus is quoting a prophecy from [Zechariah 13:7](../zec/13/07.md) in which the prophet Zechariah speaks of the Messiah as if he were a **shepherd** and of the Messiah’s followers as if they were **sheep** that belonged to his **flock**. Since this is a quotation from Scripture, translate the words directly rather than providing an explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
|
||||
26:31 u1t5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πατάξω 1 Here, **I** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I, God, will strike” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
26:31 ccyh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πατάξω 1 Here, **strike** means to kill someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will slay” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
26:31 ccyh rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πατάξω 1 Here, **strike** means to kill someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will kill” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
26:31 rvk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive διασκορπισθήσονται τὰ πρόβατα τῆς ποίμνης 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the sheep of the flock will run away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
26:32 pj2u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με 1 Here, **raise up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I become alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
|
||||
26:32 xuyz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ ἐγερθῆναί με 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God raises me up” or “God brings me back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
26:32 tipu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit προάξω ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν 1 Jesus implies that his disciples will meet him in **Galilee**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I will go ahead of you into Galilee and we will meet there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
26:33 m2un rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλισθήσονται & οὐδέποτε σκανδαλισθήσομαι 1 See how you translated **fall away** in [26:31](../26/31.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
26:33 u6r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σκανδαλισθήσονται & σκανδαλισθήσομαι 1 If your language does not use these passive forms, you could express the ideas in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will stumble … will stumble” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
26:33 m2un rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor σκανδαλισθήσονται & σκανδαλισθήσομαι 1 See how you translated **stumble** in [26:31](../26/31.md). Alternate translation: “will leave you … will leave you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
26:34 sf9x ἀμὴν, λέγω σοι 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [5:18](../05/18.md).\n
|
||||
26:34 ui4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 Jesus is referring to a certain time of day. A **rooster crows** just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “before a rooster crows and morning begins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n
|
||||
26:34 ui4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 Jesus is referring to a certain time of day. A **rooster crows** just before the sun appears in the morning. In other words, Jesus is referring to dawn. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “before a rooster crows as morning begins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n
|
||||
26:34 lx5i rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι 1 A **rooster** is a bird that calls out loudly around the time the sun comes up. If your readers would not be familiar with this bird, you could use the name of a bird in your area that calls out or sings just before dawn, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “before the birds begin to sing in the morning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n
|
||||
26:34 b2rh τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 Alternate translation: “you will deny that you know me three times”
|
||||
26:34 b2rh τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 Alternate translation: “you will deny three times that you know me”
|
||||
26:35 ywnd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])”\n
|
||||
26:36 lm3n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λεγόμενον Γεθσημανεὶ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
26:37 ny4m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς δύο υἱοὺς Ζεβεδαίου 1 This phrase refers to the disciples James and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
|
|
@ -1990,20 +2036,20 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene
|
|||
26:39 kcz4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ 1 This phrase is an idiom that means that he bowed down. Make sure that it is clear in your translation that Jesus did not fall down accidentally. Alternate translation: “he knelt down and touched the ground with his face” or “he bowed down to the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
|
||||
26:39 nuv7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
26:39 f254 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor παρελθέτω ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦτο 1 Jesus is referring to the suffering he will soon experience as if it were a **cup** of bitter-tasting liquid that he would have to drink. Alternate translation: “please spare me from these sufferings” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
|
||||
26:39 k5in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πλὴν οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ’ ὡς σύ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Yet, do not do what I want, but do what you want to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:39 k5in rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πλὴν οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω, ἀλλ’ ὡς σύ 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “Yet, do not do what I want, but do what you want to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:40 luh9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται & εὑρίσκει & λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he came … found … he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
26:40 hq2f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοὺς μαθητὰς 1 Here, **the disciples** refers specifically to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter, James, and John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
26:40 tdl8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λέγει τῷ Πέτρῳ 1 Here Matthew implies that Jesus woke up **Peter** before speaking to him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he wakes up Peter and says to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
26:40 ev7s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular οὐκ ἰσχύσατε & γρηγορῆσαι 1 Although Jesus is speaking to **Peter**, **you** here is plural and refers to Peter, James, and John. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “were the three of you not able to stay alert” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
26:40 c11a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ? 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to scold Peter, James, and John. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You sure surely able to stay alert with me for one hour!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
26:40 c11a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὕτως οὐκ ἰσχύσατε μίαν ὥραν γρηγορῆσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ? 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to scold Peter, James, and John. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You surely should have been able to stay alert with me for one hour!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
26:41 buv4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς πειρασμόν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **temptation**, you can express the idea behind it with a verb such as “tempt.” Alternate translation: “nothing will tempt you to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
|
||||
26:41 ny5w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ & πνεῦμα 1 Jesus is describing the inner part of a person (which includes their desires and will) by association with their **spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The inner self” or “The inner person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n
|
||||
26:41 qme9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis πρόθυμον 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “is willing to do what is right” or “is willing to do what pleases God” or “is willing to obey me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])\n
|
||||
26:41 xlig rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἡ & σὰρξ ἀσθενής 1 Here, **flesh** could: (1) include the meaning of both option 2 and option 3 below and therefore **flesh** would refer to both the weakness of the human body and also to the deficiency of human desire and ability to do what is right. Alternate translation: “the body and your spiritual strength is weak” (2) refer to the human “body.” Alternate translation: “the body is weak” (3) refer to the sinful part of human nature that prefers to seek comfort and seek what it desires rather than obey God and do the things that please him. Alternate translation: “the sinful human nature is weak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])\n
|
||||
26:41 xlig rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἡ & σὰρξ ἀσθενής 1 Here, **flesh** could: (1) include the meaning of both option 2 and option 3 below and therefore **flesh** would refer to both the weakness of the human body and also to the deficiency of human desire and ability to do what is right. Alternate translation: “the body and your sinful human nature are weak” (2) refer to the human “body.” Alternate translation: “the body is weak” (3) refer to the sinful part of human nature that prefers to seek comfort and seek what it desires rather than obey God and do the things that please him. Alternate translation: “the sinful human nature is weak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])\n
|
||||
26:42 pz9l ἀπελθὼν 1 Alternate translation: “after Jesus went away”
|
||||
26:42 vbvh rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ἐκ δευτέρου 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “for time two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])\n
|
||||
26:42 ch7t rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πάτερ μου 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
26:42 b6cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰ οὐ δύναται τοῦτο παρελθεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω 1 Here, **this** and **it** refer to the suffering that Jesus must endure, which he referred to as a “cup” of bitter-tasting liquid in [verse 39](../26/39.md). He speaks of this suffering as if it were a bitter liquid that he must **drink**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly Alternate translation: “if this suffering is not able to pass away unless I endure it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
26:42 b6cn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor εἰ οὐ δύναται τοῦτο παρελθεῖν, ἐὰν μὴ αὐτὸ πίω 1 Here, **this** and **it** refer to the suffering that Jesus must endure, which he referred to as a “cup” of bitter-tasting liquid in [26:39](../26/39.md). He speaks of this suffering as if it were a bitter liquid that he must **drink**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly Alternate translation: “if this suffering is not able to pass away unless I endure it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
26:42 xsk1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γενηθήτω τὸ θέλημά σου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “may what you want happen” or “do what you want to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
26:43 ng7e rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why the three disciples were **sleeping**. Use the most natural way in your language to express a reason. Alternate translation: “since”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
26:43 lts9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἦσαν & αὐτῶν οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ βεβαρημένοι 1 The phrase **their eyes were weighed down** is an idiom meaning “they were very tired.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they were very sleepy” or “they were very tired” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
|
||||
|
|
@ -2011,70 +2057,67 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene
|
|||
26:45 iaqe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔρχεται & λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he came … said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n
|
||||
26:45 vvp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion καθεύδετε τὸ λοιπὸν καὶ ἀναπαύεσθε? 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to scold Peter, James, and John. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not still be sleeping and taking your rest!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
26:45 dgx9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 **Behold** is used by Jesus here to get his disciples to pay attention to what is about to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Pay attention” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
|
||||
26:45 rw3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἡ ὥρα 1 Jesus is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the period in time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
|
||||
26:45 rw3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἡ ὥρα 1 Jesus is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the specific time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
|
||||
26:45 g9hi rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone is betraying the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
26:45 ell4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου παραδίδοται 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, am being betrayed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n
|
||||
26:45 g3r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The phrase **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])\n
|
||||
26:45 g9eb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰς χεῖρας ἁμαρτωλῶν 1 Here, **hands** refers to power or control. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “into the power of sinners” or “so that sinners will have power over him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
26:46 j7ur rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 **Behold** is used by Jesus here to get his disciples to pay attention to what is about to happen. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Pay attention” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
26:47 rlp9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἔτι αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “as he was still speaking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
26:47 roz1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Matthew uses the term **behold** to call the reader’s attention to what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
|
||||
26:47 czh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated **the Twelve** in [verse 14](../26/14.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])\n
|
||||
26:47 x33m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ὄχλος πολὺς 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and with him, there was a large crowd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:47 czh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δώδεκα 1 See how you translated **the Twelve** in [26:14](../26/14.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])\n
|
||||
26:47 x33m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ὄχλος πολὺς 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and with him, there was a large crowd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:47 e26h rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ξύλων 1 A “club” is a hard piece of wood that a person uses for hitting people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sticks for hitting people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
26:48 qb4y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 **Now** here is used to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew tells background information about Judas and the **signal** he planned to use to betray Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
26:48 gw8m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations λέγων, ὃν ἂν φιλήσω, αὐτός ἐστιν; κρατήσατε αὐτόν. 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that whomever he kissed was the one they should seize” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
26:48 m23z ὃν ἂν φιλήσω 1 Alternate translation: “The one I kiss” or “The man whom I kiss”
|
||||
26:48 gqsx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ὃν ἂν φιλήσω 1 In this culture, when men greeted other men who were family or friends, they would **kiss** them on one cheek or on both cheeks. If your readers would find it embarrassing if you said that one man would kiss another man, you could explain the purpose of the gesture, or you could translate the expression in a more general way. Alternate translation: “Whomever I greet him by kissing him on the cheek” or “Whomever I give a friendly greeting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n
|
||||
26:48 gqsx rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ὃν ἂν φιλήσω 1 See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter of the symbolic significance of a greeting **kiss ** in this culture. Alternate translation: “Whomever I greet him by kissing him on the cheek” or “Whomever I give a friendly greeting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n
|
||||
26:48 nr34 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτός 1 Here, **him** refers to Jesus, whom the crowd had come to arrest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “is the one whom you want to arrest” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
26:49 uig8 προσελθὼν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “when Judas came up to Jesus”
|
||||
26:49 cyb7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction κατεφίλησεν αὐτόν 1 See how you translated “kiss” in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
26:50 xehs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐφ’ ὃ πάρει 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “do that for which you are here to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:50 xehs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ἐφ’ ὃ πάρει 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “do that for which you are here” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:50 w3d6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ 1 Here, **laid hands on** is an idiom which means to take hold of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “took hold of” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
|
||||
26:50 vmd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν 1 The phrases, **laid hands on** and **seized** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine these phrases into one. Alternate translation: “seized Jesus” or “seized him” or “took hold of Jesus in order to arrest him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n
|
||||
26:50 vmd1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰησοῦν, καὶ ἐκράτησαν αὐτόν 1 The phrases **laid hands on** and **seized** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you could combine these phrases into one. Alternate translation: “seized Jesus” or “seized him” or “took hold of Jesus in order to arrest him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])\n
|
||||
26:51 vm6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Matthew uses the term **behold** here to call the reader’s attention to what is about to happen. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
26:52 o6m0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
26:52 tj6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ λαβόντες μάχαιραν 1 Here Jesus implies taking up **a sword** in order to kill someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the ones having taken up a sword to kill people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
26:52 w357 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀπολοῦνται 1 Here Jesus implies that these people **will perish** by someone killing them with **a sword**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will be killed by someone else using a sword” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
26:53 kgx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ δοκεῖς ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι παρακαλέσαι τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ παραστήσει μοι ἄρτι πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων? 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you know that I am able to call upon my Father, and he will send me more than 12 legions of angels at once!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
26:53 kgx8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ἢ δοκεῖς ὅτι οὐ δύναμαι παρακαλέσαι τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ παραστήσει μοι ἄρτι πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων? 1 Jesus is not asking for information but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you know that I am able to call upon my Father, and he will send me more than 12 legions of angels at once!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
26:53 eb7i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular δοκεῖς 1 Here, **you** is singular because Jesus is speaking to the person with the sword. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
26:53 g3zq rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Πατέρα 1 **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
26:53 tfw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων 1 The word “legion” is a military term that refers to a group of about 6,000 soldiers. Here Jesus means God would send a large amount of **angels** to easily stop those who are arresting Jesus. The exact number of angels is not important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “more than 12 very large groups of angels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
26:53 tfw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown πλείω δώδεκα λεγιῶνας ἀγγέλων 1 The word “legion” is a military term that refers to a group of about 6,000 soldiers. Here Jesus means God would send a large number of **angels** and easily stop those who are arresting Jesus. The exact number of angels is not important. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “more than 12 very large groups of angels” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
26:54 gew5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result πῶς οὖν 1 Here, **then** indicates that what follows is the result of the idea in the last verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Were I to do that, then how” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
26:54 gih7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “which say that this must happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
26:54 teq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ, ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι? 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then the Scriptures would not be fulfilled, which say that this must happen!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
26:54 xqpr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “would I fulfill the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
26:54 teq5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ, ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ γενέσθαι? 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Then the scriptures would not be fulfilled that say that this must happen!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
26:54 xqpr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “would I fulfill the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
26:54 c5g7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἱ Γραφαὶ 1 Here, **the scriptures** refers to those parts of the Old Testament that refer to the atoning death of the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those scriptures about what will happen to the Messiah” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
26:55 hc33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Jesus is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “point in time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
|
||||
26:55 pqea rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns τοῖς ὄχλοις 1 The word **crowds** is a plural noun that refers to several groups of people who were arresting Jesus. If your language does not use nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “to the groups of people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])\n
|
||||
26:55 yf4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με? 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to rebuke **the crowd**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You have come out with swords and clubs to seize me, as against a robber!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
26:55 q9vq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ξύλων 1 See how you translated **clubs** in [verse 47](../26/47.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
26:55 hc33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τῇ ὥρᾳ 1 Matthew is using the term **hour** to refer to a specific time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “point in time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
|
||||
26:55 yf4p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε μετὰ μαχαιρῶν καὶ ξύλων συνλαβεῖν με? 1 Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to rebuke **the crowd**. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You did not need to come out with swords and clubs to seize me, as you would against a robber!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
26:55 q9vq rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ξύλων 1 See how you translated **clubs** in [26:47](../26/47.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
26:55 e8dq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche τῷ ἱερῷ 1 Since only priests could enter **the temple** building, this refers to **the temple** courtyard. Jesus is using the word for the entire building to refer to one part of it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])\n
|
||||
26:56 fb46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 Here, **the writings of the prophets** refers to those parts of the Old Testament Scriptures that refer to the atoning death of the Messiah. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “what the prophets wrote about the Messiah in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
26:56 ygn7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πληρωθῶσιν αἱ Γραφαὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I would fulfill the writings of the prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
26:57 f6nj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπήγαγον 1 If it would be helpful in your language, you could state more explicitly what the phrase they **led him away** means. Alternate translation: “took Jesus from where they had arrested him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
26:57 gy6g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πρὸς Καϊάφαν τὸν ἀρχιερέα, ὅπου 1 Here, **where** implies that they brought Jesus to the place where **Caiaphas** lived. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to the house of Caiaphas the high priest, which is where” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
26:57 y2oz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνήχθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “had come together” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n
|
||||
26:58 jui3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ ἀπὸ μακρόθεν 1 Matthew provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next in the story. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Now Peter followed Jesus, not getting too close” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n
|
||||
26:58 jui3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background ὁ δὲ Πέτρος ἠκολούθει αὐτῷ ἀπὸ μακρόθεν 1 Matthew provides this background information to help readers understand what happens next in the story. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “Now without getting to close, Peter followed Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n
|
||||
26:58 v8th καὶ εἰσελθὼν ἔσω 1 Alternate translation: “And after Peter went inside”
|
||||
26:59 i8jw rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases οἱ δὲ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ τὸ Συνέδριον ὅλον 1 **Now** here indicates that Matthew is transitioning subjects and is now making **the chief priests** and the **Sanhedrin** the subject of the story instead of Peter. Use a natural way in your language for indicating this change in subjects. Alternate translation: “Now the men who were the chief priests and the entire Sanhedrin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]])\n
|
||||
26:59 i8jw rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants οἱ δὲ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ τὸ Συνέδριον ὅλον 1 **Now** here indicates that Matthew is making **the chief priests** and the **Sanhedrin** the subject of this part of the story instead of Peter. Use a natural way in your language for indicating this change in subjects. Alternate translation: “Now the men who were the chief priests and the entire Sanhedrin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])\n
|
||||
26:59 qto5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ψευδομαρτυρίαν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you could express the idea behind this word by using a verbal phrase, as modeled by the UST, or by expressing the idea in some other way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
|
||||
26:59 u6v9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ὅπως αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you can express the idea behind this word by using a verb form such as “kill” or by expressing it some other way. Alternate translation: “so that they could have him killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
|
||||
26:59 dpr7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτὸν θανατώσωσιν 1 Because the Roman authorities did not allow the **Sanhedrin** to execute people, the **Sanhedrin** had to convince the Roman authorities to execute people for them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they might convince the Roman authorities to put him to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
26:60 v9j9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐχ εὗρον, πολλῶν προσελθόντων ψευδομαρτύρων 1 Matthew implies that what the **many false witnesses** said was not sufficient to condemn Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “though many false witnesses came forward, they found none with a useful testimony” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
26:61 a8lf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes οὗτος ἔφη, δύναμαι καταλῦσαι τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν οἰκοδομῆσαι. 1 If a direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “This one said that he is able to destroy the temple of God and to rebuild it in three days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])\n
|
||||
26:60 v9j9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐχ εὗρον, πολλῶν προσελθόντων ψευδομαρτύρων 1 Matthew implies that what the **many false witnesses** said was not sufficient to condemn Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “though many false witnesses came forward, they found none whose testimony was sufficient to condemn Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
26:61 a8lf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes οὗτος ἔφη, δύναμαι καταλῦσαι τὸν ναὸν τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν οἰκοδομῆσαι. 1 If a direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “This one said that he was able to destroy the temple of God and to rebuild it in three days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])\n
|
||||
26:61 i5n4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὗτος ἔφη 1 Matthew records these men saying **This one** as a disrespectful way to refer to Jesus and to avoid saying his name. If your language has a similar way to refer to someone in an indirect but derogatory manner, you may use it here. Alternate translation: “This so-and-so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
26:63 mr6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives ἐξορκίζω σε κατὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος, ἵνα ἡμῖν εἴπῃς εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The **high priest** is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “I command you by the living God: tell us if you are the Christ, the Son of God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
26:63 eicy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κατὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 This phrase indicates that **the high priest** wants **Jesus** to solemnly swear with God as a witness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the living God as your witness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
26:63 mr6j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ἐξορκίζω σε κατὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος, ἵνα ἡμῖν εἴπῃς εἰ σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 The **high priest** is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a more natural form for a command. Alternate translation: “I command you by the living God: tell us if you are the Christ, the Son of God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
26:63 eicy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit κατὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 This phrase indicates that **the high priest** wants **Jesus** to swear solemnly with God as a witness. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with the living God as your witness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
26:63 lry9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ ζῶντος 1 See how you translated this phrase in [16:16](../16/16.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
26:63 zx9j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῖν 1 Here, **us** refers to the **high priest** and the rest of the Jewish council, so **us** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])\n
|
||||
26:63 mm28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
26:64 tbl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])”\n
|
||||
26:64 gi6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σὺ εἶπας 1 See how you translated this in [verse 25](../26/25.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
26:64 zu47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε 1 Here, **you** is plural because Jesus is speaking to the high priest and to the other people who were there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
26:64 tbl7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n
|
||||
26:64 gi6v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σὺ εἶπας 1 See how you translated this in [26:25](../26/25.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
26:64 zu47 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular πλὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἄρτι ὄψεσθε 1 Here, **you** is plural because Jesus is speaking to the high priest and to the other people who were present. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
|
||||
26:64 ll8r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπ’ ἄρτι 1 The phrase **from now on** could be: (1) an idiom that refers to some time in the future. Alternate translation: “in the future” (2) from the time of Jesus’ trial and onward. Alternate translation: “hereafter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
26:64 b6cb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “me, the Son of Man,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n
|
||||
26:64 jms7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The phrase **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])\n
|
||||
26:64 p5px rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τῆς δυνάμεως 1 Here, **the Power** refers to God. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the powerful God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
26:64 cui7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction καθήμενον ἐκ δεξιῶν τῆς δυνάμεως 1 To sit **at the right hand** of God is a symbolic act of receiving great honor and authority from God. If there is a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation, or you could use plain language to express what sitting at the right hand of someone meant in Jesus’ culture. Alternate translation: “sitting in a place of honor beside the Power” or “sitting in a place of honor next to the Power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n
|
||||
26:64 urp9 ἐρχόμενον ἐπὶ τῶν νεφελῶν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “riding to earth on the clouds of heaven”
|
||||
|
|
@ -2084,8 +2127,8 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene
|
|||
26:66 mzcs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἔνοχος θανάτου ἐστίν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **death**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “He deserves to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
26:68 f2bj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony προφήτευσον ἡμῖν 1 Those people hitting Jesus did not believe that he was a real prophet and could **Prophesy**. When they demanded that Jesus **Prophesy**, they were challenging him to do something they believed he could not do. They were only asking Jesus to **Prophesy** in order to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Prove that you really are a prophet and prophesy” or “Prophesy, if you really are a prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n
|
||||
26:68 b5xe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony Χριστέ 1 Those hitting Jesus did not really think he is the **Christ**. They call him this to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “you so-called Christ” or “you who claim to be the Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
26:69 y21l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [verses 69–75](../26/69.md) is a new event that happened around the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Around that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])\n
|
||||
26:70 sp1t οὐκ οἶδα τί λέγεις 1 Peter used these words to deny that he had been with Jesus. This does not mean that Peter was unable to understand what the servant girl said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have no idea what you are talking about!”
|
||||
26:69 y21l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [26:69–75](../26/69.md) is a new event that happened around the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Around that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])\n
|
||||
26:70 sp1t rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom οὐκ οἶδα τί λέγεις 1 Peter used these words to deny that he had been with Jesus. This does not mean that Peter was unable to understand what the servant girl said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have no idea what you are talking about!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
26:71 gyw8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν πυλῶνα 1 This **gateway** was an opening in the wall that went around the courtyard. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the gateway of the courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
26:71 s7c4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])”\n
|
||||
26:72 e5xl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μετὰ ὅρκου, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Here, the phrase **with an oath** means “to subject oneself to an oath” or “to put oneself under an oath.” Here, Peter is invoking God’s curse upon himself if what he is saying is not true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “by swearing, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man” or “by making an oath and saying, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
|
|
@ -2094,173 +2137,254 @@ front:intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew\n\n## Part 1: Gene
|
|||
26:73 o4oe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ λαλιά σου δῆλόν σε ποιεῖ 1 This phrase implies that Peters **speech** had an accent like the accent of someone from Galilee. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the way you speak makes it evident that you are from Galilee” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
26:74 edd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καταθεματίζειν 1 Here, the phrase **to curse** means “to invoke a curse from God upon oneself.” Here, Peter is invoking God’s curse upon himself if what he is saying is not true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to invoke God’s curse upon himself if what he was saying was not true” or “to ask God to curse him if what he was saying was false” or “to invoke God’s destruction upon himself if what he was saying was false” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
26:74 zo05 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὀμνύειν, ὅτι οὐκ οἶδα τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 Here, the phrase **to swear** means “to subject oneself to an oath” or “to put oneself under an oath.” Here, Peter is invoking God’s curse upon himself if what he is saying is not true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to swear by saying, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man whom you are talking about’” or “to promise by making an oath and saying, ‘God is my witness that I do not know the man whom you are talking about’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
26:74 w87b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν 1 See how you translated **rooster** and “crow” in [verse 34](../26/34.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
26:75 nx3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations ἐμνήσθη ὁ Πέτρος τοῦ ῥήματος Ἰησοῦ εἰρηκότος, ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Peter remembered the words of Jesus when he had told him that before a rooster crowed, he would deny him three times” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
26:75 nn5o πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 See how you translated this statement in [verse 34](../26/34.md).
|
||||
26:74 w87b rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν 1 See how you translated **rooster** and “crow” in [26:34](../26/34.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
|
||||
26:75 nx3j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations εἰρηκότος, ὅτι πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “that he had told him that before a rooster crowed, he would deny him three times” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
|
||||
26:75 nn5o πρὶν ἀλέκτορα φωνῆσαι, τρὶς ἀπαρνήσῃ με 1 See how you translated this statement in [26:34](../26/34.md).
|
||||
26:75 rgvk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξελθὼν ἔξω 1 This expression means that Peter left the courtyard and went completely **outside** the house of the high priest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Peter went out of the courtyard and away from the house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
27:intro deu4 0 # Matthew 27 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Delivered him to Pilate the governor”\n\nThe Jewish leaders needed to get permission from Pontius Pilate, the Roman governor, before they could kill Jesus. This was because Roman law did not allow them to kill Jesus themselves. Pilate wanted to set Jesus free, but they wanted him to free a very bad prisoner named Barabbas.\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Matthew 27:60](../mat/27/60.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Sarcasm\n\nThe soldiers said, “Hail, King of the Jews!” ([Matthew 27:29](../mat/27/29.md)) to mock Jesus. They did not think that he was the king of the Jews. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
27:1 hvr4 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis begins the account of Jesus’ trial before Pilate.
|
||||
27:1 qe1s δὲ 1 The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
27:1 cm46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit συμβούλιον ἔλαβον & κατὰ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ, ὥστε θανατῶσαι αὐτόν 1 The Jewish leaders were planning how they could convince the Roman leaders to kill Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:3 vzf9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events General Information: 0 # General Information:\n\nThis event happened after Jesus’ trial in front of the council of Jewish religious leaders, but we do not know if it happened before or during Jesus’ trial before Pilate. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
|
||||
27:3 qm12 τότε ἰδὼν Ἰούδας ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν 1 The author has stopped telling the story of Jesus’ trial so he can tell the story of how Judas killed himself. If your language has a way of showing that a new story is starting, you may want to use that here.
|
||||
27:3 v9vj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅτι κατεκρίθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that the Jewish leaders had condemned Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:3 pe4n τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια 1 This was the money that the chief priests had given Judas to betray Jesus. See how you translated **pieces of silvers** in [26:15](../26/15.md).
|
||||
27:4 f6u8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom αἷμα ἀθῷον 1 This is an idiom that refers to the death of an **innocent** person. Alternate translation: “a person who does not deserve to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
27:4 mf6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς? 1 The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that they do not care about what Judas said. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “That is not our problem!” or “That is your problem!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
27:5 tuh4 ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια εἰς τὸν ναὸν 1 This could mean: (1) he threw **the pieces of silver** while in the **temple** courtyard. (2) he was standing in the temple courtyard, and he threw **the pieces of silver** into the **temple**.
|
||||
27:6 r5r9 οὐκ ἔξεστιν βαλεῖν αὐτὰ 1 Alternate translation: “Our laws do not allow us to put this”
|
||||
27:6 ce2x βαλεῖν αὐτὰ 1 Alternate translation: “to put this silver”
|
||||
27:6 gtp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν κορβανᾶν 1 The **treasury** was the place they kept the money they used to provide for things needed for the temple and the priests. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:6 j2l8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τιμὴ αἵματός 1 This is an idiom that means money paid to a person who helped kill someone. Alternate translation: “money paid for a man to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
27:7 mtg6 τὸν Ἀγρὸν τοῦ Κεραμέως 1 This was a **field** that was bought to bury strangers who died in Jerusalem.
|
||||
27:8 nts8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκλήθη ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκεῖνος 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people call that field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:8 ag2n ἕως τῆς σήμερον 1 Here, **this day** refers to the time when Matthew is writing this book.
|
||||
27:9 g1gc καὶ ἔλαβον τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια, τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ 1 The author quotes Old Testament scripture to show that Judas’ suicide was a fulfillment of prophecy.
|
||||
27:9 rj3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τότε ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled what the prophet Jeremiah spoke” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:9 t1dj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the price the people of Israel set on him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:9 d7l7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ 1 This refers to those among the people of **Israel** who paid to kill Jesus. Alternate translation: “some of the people of Israel” or “the leaders of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
27:10 c2ch συνέταξέν μοι 1 Here, **me** refers to Jeremiah.
|
||||
27:11 pjc5 δὲ 1 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis continues the story of Jesus’ trial before Pilate, which began in [27:2](../27/02.md). If your language has a way of continuing a story after a break from the main story line, you may want to use it here.
|
||||
27:11 a2e7 τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 Alternate translation: “Pilate”
|
||||
27:11 a6cm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αὐτῷ σὺ λέγεις 1 This could mean: (1) Jesus implied that he is the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “Yes, as you said, I am” or “Yes. It is as you said” (2) Jesus was saying that Pilate, not Jesus, was the one calling him the King of the Jews. Alternate translation: “You yourself have said so” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:12 vl3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And when the chief priests and elders accused him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:13 wn2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀκούεις πόσα σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν? 1 Pilate asks this question because he is surprised that Jesus remains silent. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that you do not answer these people who accuse you of doing bad things!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
27:14 hbm8 οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῷ πρὸς οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα, ὥστε θαυμάζειν τὸν ἡγεμόνα λίαν 1 This is an emphatic way of saying that Jesus was completely silent. Alternate translation: “he did not say even one word; this greatly amazed the governor”
|
||||
27:15 jjp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line so Matthew can give information to help the reader understand what happens beginning in [27:17](../27/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
27:15 p1ha ἑορτὴν 1 This is the **festival** of the Passover celebration.
|
||||
27:15 pfk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἕνα τῷ ὄχλῳ δέσμιον, ὃν ἤθελον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “one prisoner whom the crowd would choose” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:16 q2iu εἶχον & δέσμιον ἐπίσημον 1 Alternate translation: “there was a notorious prisoner”
|
||||
27:16 svr2 ἐπίσημον 1 A **notorious** person is someone who is well known for doing something bad.
|
||||
27:17 d8hv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνηγμένων & αὐτῶν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “when the crowd gathered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:17 wrl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom some people call the Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:18 jq3c παρέδωκαν αὐτόν 1 They had done this so that Pilate would judge Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders had brought Jesus to him”
|
||||
27:intro deu4 0 # Matthew 27 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “The curtain of the temple was split in two”\n\nThe curtain in the temple was an important symbol that showed that people needed to have someone speak to God for them. They could not speak to God directly, because all people are sinful and God hates sin. God split the curtain to show that Jesus’ people can now speak to God directly because Jesus has paid for their sins.\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([27:60](../27/60.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Sarcasm\n\nIn [27:28–29](../27/28.md) the soldiers were insulting Jesus when they put a “scarlet robe” on him, placed a “crown of thorns” on his head, said, “Hail, King of the Jews,” and knelt down in front of him. These actions were symbolic of things that people would do to honor a king, but the soldiers did not really believe that Jesus was a king. By pretending that they thought Jesus was a king, and by putting a “crown of thorns” on Jesus’ head instead of a regular crown, and by spitting on him and “striking him on his head” (see [27:30](../27/30.md)) the soldiers showed that they did not believe that Jesus was the Son of God. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/mock]])\n\n## Other Possible Translation Difficulties in this Chapter\n\n### Golgotha\n\nThe word “Golgotha” is an Aramaic word. Matthew used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic word so that his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told them it meant “Place of a Skull.” You may also use the letters of your language to express the sound of this Aramaic word. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n### Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani?\n\nThis is an Aramaic phrase. Matthew used Greek letters to express the sound of this Aramaic phrase so that his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told them that it meant “My God, my God, why have you forsaken me?” You may also use the letters of your language to express the sounds of these Aramaic words. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n
|
||||
27:1 qe1s rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is a new event that happened right after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])\n
|
||||
27:1 cm46 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὥστε θανατῶσαι αὐτόν 1 Because the Roman authorities did not allow the Jewish leaders to execute people, the Jewish leaders had to convince the Roman authorities to execute people for them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so as to convince the Roman authorities to put him to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
27:1 vz6r rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal ὥστε 1 Here, **so as to** introduces a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “so that they could” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
27:1 uuov rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns θανατῶσαι αὐτόν 1 See how you translated **death** in [26:59](../26/59.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
27:2 jwws rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit δήσαντες αὐτὸν 1 The Jewish religious leaders commanded that Jesus should be **bound** but did not bind him themselves. It would have been their guards who actually bound Jesus and **led him away**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “commanding the guards to bind him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
27:2 rdu4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀπήγαγον 1 Here, **they** refers to the Jewish leaders and temple guards who were accusing Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Jewish authorities and their guards led him away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])\n
|
||||
27:2 d6l0 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπήγαγον 1 Here Matthew implies that **they led** Jesus **away** from Caiaphas’ house. If it would be more natural in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they led him away from Caiaphas’ house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:2 uu8q παρέδωκαν Πειλάτῳ 1 Alternate translation: “delivered him over to Pilate” or “transferred control of Jesus to Pilate”
|
||||
27:3 qm12 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent τότε 1 **Then** here indicates that Matthew has stopped telling the story of Jesus’ trial so he can tell the story of how Judas killed himself. If your language has a way of showing that a new story is starting, you could use that here. Alternate translation: “Around that time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
27:3 v9vj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὅτι κατεκρίθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “that the Jewish leaders had condemned Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:3 pe4n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὰ τριάκοντα ἀργύρια τοῖς ἀρχιερεῦσιν καὶ πρεσβυτέροις 1 This phrase refers to the money that **the chief priests** had given **Judas** to betray Jesus, as mentioned in [26:15](../26/15.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those 30 pieces of silver that they had given to him earlier to the chief priests and elders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:4 f6u8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy αἷμα ἀθῷον 1 Here, **blood** refers to the death of someone. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a person who does not deserve to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
27:4 mf6b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί πρὸς ἡμᾶς? 1 The Jewish leaders are not asking for information. They are using this question to emphasize that they do not care about what Judas has done. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate these words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “That is not our problem!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
27:4 itqk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 Here, **us** refers to the Jewish leaders who are speaking to Judas, so **us** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
27:4 y4yo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σὺ ὄψῃ 1 This sentence is an idiom that the Jewish leaders used to deny being responsible for what Judas had done. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly or use an equivalent idiom in your language. Alternate translation: “That is your responsibility” or “That is none of our business” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
27:5 tuh4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ῥίψας τὰ ἀργύρια εἰς τὸν ναὸν 1 This clause means that Judas threw **the pieces of silver** into **the temple** building itself, where only priests were allowed to go. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having thrown the pieces of silver into the temple building” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:6 rguy rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result οὐκ ἔξεστιν βαλεῖν αὐτὰ εἰς τὸν κορβανᾶν, ἐπεὶ τιμὴ αἵματός ἐστιν 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because it is the price of blood, it is not lawful to put this into the treasury” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
27:6 r5r9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἔξεστιν 1 Here, **lawful** refers to being permitted according to Jewish religious laws. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Our religious laws do not allow us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:6 ce2x rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτὰ 1 Here, **this** refers to the 30 **pieces of silver** that Judas threw into the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “this silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
27:6 gtp3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν κορβανᾶν 1 The **treasury** refers to the place in the temple where they kept the money given to the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the place where we keep the money that belongs to the temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:6 fv6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τιμὴ αἵματός 1 The **chief priests** are using the possessive form to describe a **price** that is paid for **blood**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “the price that was paid for blood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
27:6 j2l8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy αἵματός 1 Here, **blood** refers to the death of a person. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of a man dying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
27:7 x2k5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 Here, **them** refers to the 30 pieces of silver that Judas threw into the temple. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “those pieces of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
27:7 mtg6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν Ἀγρὸν τοῦ Κεραμέως 1 This phrase could refer to: (1) what the local people called the field. Alternate translation: “the Field of the Potter” (2) a **field** that had clay used by people who make pots. Alternate translation: “the field where people dug clay for making pots” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:7 n6ow rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal εἰς 1 Here, **for** introduces a purpose clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation (without a comma preceding): “so that they could make it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
27:7 e29n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῖς ξένοις 1 Here, **strangers** refers to people who died in Jerusalem and did not live in the city. They could have been Jews visiting from other areas or non-Jewish foreigners. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “for people from outside Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:8 nts8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐκλήθη ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκεῖνος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people call that field” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:8 ag2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἕως τῆς σήμερον 1 Here, **this day** refers to the time when Matthew wrote this book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “up to the time when this book was written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:9 rj3u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this fulfilled what the prophet Jeremiah spoke” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:9 auz3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations ἐπληρώθη & λέγοντος 1 Here, **saying** introduces a paraphrase of some Old Testament verses ([Zechariah 11:12–13](../zec/11/12.md), [Jeremiah 13:5](../jer/13/05.md)). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a comparable phrase that indicates that Matthew is quoting from important texts. Alternate translation: “was fulfilled. He had said in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n
|
||||
27:9 g1gc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks καὶ 1 From **And** here to the end of the next verse, Matthew is paraphrasing some Old Testament verses ([Zechariah 11:12–13](../zec/11/12.md), [Jeremiah 13:5](../jer/13/05.md)). It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n
|
||||
27:9 t1dj rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὴν τιμὴν τοῦ τετιμημένου, ὃν ἐτιμήσαντο ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the price the sons of Israel set on him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:9 d7l7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ 1 Here, the word **sons** means “descendants.” If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Israel” or “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
|
||||
27:10 c2ch rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks καὶ ἔδωκαν αὐτὰ εἰς τὸν Ἀγρὸν τοῦ Κεραμέως, καθὰ συνέταξέν μοι Κύριος 1 This verse continues the paraphrase of [Zechariah 11:12–13](../zec/11/12.md) and [Jeremiah 13:5](../jer/13/05.md) that Matthew introduced in the previous verse. You may need to indicate this with a closing quotation mark at the end of this verse or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]])\n
|
||||
27:10 s356 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔδωκαν αὐτὰ 1 Here, **they** refers to “the sons of Israel” and **it** refers to the “30 pieces of silver” mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel gave the pieces of silver” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
27:10 vs3z rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔδωκαν αὐτὰ εἰς 1 This phrase means that the people bought **the field** with the pieces of silver. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “with it they bought” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:10 dufx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession τὸν Ἀγρὸν τοῦ Κεραμέως 1 See how you translated this phrase in [27:7](../27/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
27:11 pjc5 δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows is the continuation of the story of Jesus’ trial before Pilate, which began in [27:2](../27/02.md). If your language has a way of continuing a story after a break from the main story line, you could use it here.
|
||||
27:11 a2e7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὁ & Ἰησοῦς ἐστάθη 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “someone made Jesus stand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:11 a6cm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom σὺ λέγεις 1 **You say so** is an idiom. Jesus is using it to acknowledge that what Pilate has said is true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how you translated the similar phrase in [26:25](../26/25.md). Alternate translation: “Yes, it is as you say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
|
||||
27:12 vl3a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀρχιερέων καὶ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “when the chief priests and the elders accused him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:13 e3td rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])”\n
|
||||
27:13 wn2r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀκούεις πόσα σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν? 1 Pilate is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to express how surprised he is that Jesus does not defend himself. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you hear everything they are bringing against you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
|
||||
27:13 kc8x rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οὐκ ἀκούεις πόσα σου καταμαρτυροῦσιν? 1 **Pilate** implies that he expects Jesus to defend himself in response to the accusations made against him by the Jewish leaders. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do you not hear everything they are bringing against you? You should answer!” or “Do you not hear everything they are bringing against you? Why don’t you answer them?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:14 xx94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πρὸς οὐδὲ ἓν ῥῆμα 1 This phrase could mean: (1) Jesus did not say anything in response to what Pilate said in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “with even a single word” (2) Jesus did not respond to even one of the accusations that the Jewish leaders had made against him. In this case **word** would be translated as “charge.” Alternate translation: “with regard to even one charge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
27:14 hbm8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε θαυμάζειν 1 Here, **so as to** introduces a result clause. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a result clause. Alternate translation: “so that he amazed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n
|
||||
27:15 jjp8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 **Now** here marks a break in the main story line so Matthew can give information to help the reader understand what happens in [27:17–26](../27/17.md). Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
27:15 p1ha rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἑορτὴν 1 Here, **the festival** refers the Passover celebration. See how you translated the same use of this phrase in [26:5](../26/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:15 pfk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns τῷ ὄχλῳ 1 The word **crowd** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use nouns in that way, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “to the group of people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])\n
|
||||
27:16 ir01 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 **Now** is used here to mark a continuation of the break in the main story line which began in the preceding verse. Matthew introduces more background information, this time about **Barabbas**, to help readers understand what happens next. Use a natural way in your language for introducing background information. Alternate translation: “And” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n
|
||||
27:16 q2iu rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns εἶχον 1 Here, **they** refers to the Roman authorities. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Roman authorities were holding” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
27:16 svr2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive λεγόμενον 1 See how you translated **named** in [26:3](../26/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n
|
||||
27:17 l80q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνηγμένων & αὐτῶν 1 See how you translated **gathered together** in [26:3](../26/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:17 wrl3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom some people call the Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:18 a5lt rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Pilate asked the question in the previous verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “Pilate asked this because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
27:18 ugse rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns παρέδωκαν αὐτόν 1 Here, **they** refers to the chief priests and elders of the Jewish people, the first **him** refers to Jesus, and the second **him** refers to Pilate. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the chief priests and elders had handed Jesus over to Pilate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
27:18 jq3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns διὰ φθόνον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **envy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “because they envied him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
27:19 t3mx καθημένου δὲ αὐτοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “But while Pilate was sitting”
|
||||
27:19 s5pc καθημένου & αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ τοῦ βήματος 1 The **judgment seat** was the place where a judge would sit while making a decision. Alternate translation: “while he was sitting on the judge’s seat”
|
||||
27:19 w4i8 ἀπέστειλεν 1 Alternate translation: “sent a message”
|
||||
27:19 an95 πολλὰ & ἔπαθον σήμερον 1 Alternate translation: “I have been very upset today”
|
||||
27:20 ax1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 Here, **now** is used to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew tells background information about why the crowd chose Barabbas. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
27:20 et2m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “but have the Roman soldiers kill Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:21 x6vf εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 Alternate translation: “asked the crowd”
|
||||
27:22 zl85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom some people call the Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:23 m5jm ἐποίησεν 1 Alternate translation: “has Jesus done”
|
||||
27:23 nb7p οἱ & ἔκραζον 1 Alternate translation: “the crowd cried out”
|
||||
27:24 yj8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἀπενίψατο τὰς χεῖρας ἀπέναντι τοῦ ὄχλου 1 Pilate does this action as a sign that he is not responsible for Jesus’ death. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
27:24 u1fe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦ αἵματος 1 Here, **blood** refers to a person’s death. Alternate translation: “the death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
27:24 de8w ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε 1 Alternate translation: “This is your responsibility”
|
||||
27:25 n5k1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν 1 Here, **blood** is a metonym that stands for a person’s death. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
27:25 k1cb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν 1 The phrase **be on us and our children** is an idiom that means they accept the responsibility of what is happening. Alternate translation: “Yes! We and our descendants will be responsible for executing him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
27:26 yb5y τότε ἀπέλυσεν αὐτοῖς τὸν Βαραββᾶν 1 Alternate translation: “Then Pilate released Barabbas to the crowd”
|
||||
27:26 m63d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 It is implied that Pilate ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:26 n421 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας, παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 Handing Jesus over to be crucified is a metaphor for ordering his soldiers to crucify Jesus. Alternate translation: “he ordered his soldiers to scourge Jesus and to crucify him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
27:26 y3kf τὸν & Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας 2 Alternate translation: “having beaten Jesus with a whip” or “having whipped Jesus”
|
||||
27:27 zz45 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis begins the account of Jesus’ crucifixion and death.
|
||||
27:27 bn22 ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν 1 Alternate translation: “the entire group of soldiers”
|
||||
27:19 s5pc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns τοῦ βήματος 1 The **judgment seat** was a special chair in which a leader sat when he was making an official judgment. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgment**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the seat used for judging people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
|
||||
27:19 w4i8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy ἀπέστειλεν 1 Here, **sent word** means that Pilate’s **wife** sent a person to tell Pilate a message by using words. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “sent someone to tell him a message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
27:19 ga4q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom μηδὲν σοὶ καὶ τῷ δικαίῳ ἐκείνῳ 1 This sentence is an idiom that indicates that Pilates wife did not want Pilate to be involved with anything related to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Have nothing to do with that righteous one” or “Let there be nothing between you and that righteous one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
27:19 v8ty rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 **For** here indicates that what follows is the reason why Pilate’s wife told him what she said in the previous sentence. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “I say this because” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
27:20 ax1i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 Here, **now** is used to mark a break in the main story line. Matthew tells background information about why the people chose Barabbas to be released. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
|
||||
27:20 al54 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit αἰτήσωνται τὸν Βαραββᾶν, τὸν δὲ Ἰησοῦν ἀπολέσωσιν 1 Here Matthew implies that **the crowds** asked Pilate **for Barabbas** to be released from prison and for Roman soldiers to **kill Jesus**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they would ask Pilate for Barabbas to be released from prison, but have the Roman soldiers kill Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:21 x6vf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj τῶν δύο 1 Matthew quotes Pilate using the adjective **two* as a noun in order to refer to the **two** men, Jesus and **Barabbas**. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the two prisoners” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
|
||||
27:22 dpb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει & λέγουσιν πάντες 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said … They all answered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n
|
||||
27:22 zl85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸν λεγόμενον Χριστόν 1 See how you translated this phrase in [27:17](../27/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:22 ttva rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σταυρωθήτω 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Crucify him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:22 kkus rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σταυρωθήτω 1 The Romans executed some criminals by nailing them to a wooden beam with a crossbar and setting the beam upright so that the criminals would slowly suffocate. That was what it meant to have someone **crucified**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Let him be nailed to a cross” or “Let him be executed!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n
|
||||
27:22 uedb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative σταυρωθήτω 1 Here, the phrase **Let him be crucified** is an imperative, but since the crowd cannot command Pilate to do this, you could translate this phrase as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “We want you to nail him to a cross to execute him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])\n
|
||||
27:23 m5jm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion τί γὰρ κακὸν ἐποίησεν? 1 Pilate does not expect the crowd to tell him what Jesus has done wrong. Rather, he is using the question form to emphasize to the crowd that Jesus is innocent. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is no reason to execute this man, because he has not done anything wrong!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n
|
||||
27:23 bijy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns κακὸν 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **evil**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “evil thing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
27:23 nb7p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σταυρωθήτω 1 See how you translated this in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:24 oa2l rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result ἰδὼν & ὅτι οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ, ἀλλὰ μᾶλλον θόρυβος γίνεται 1 These two clauses indicate the reason why **Pilate** did what is described in the rest of the verse. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “because he saw that he was accomplishing nothing, but instead a riot was starting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])
|
||||
27:24 gefl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture οὐδὲν ὠφελεῖ & θόρυβος γίνεται 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “he was accomplishing nothing … a riot was starting” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
|
||||
27:24 yj8t rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction ἀπενίψατο τὰς χεῖρας ἀπέναντι τοῦ ὄχλου 1 Pilate **washed his hands** as a sign to the people that he was not responsible for Jesus’ death. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
27:24 u1fe rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τοῦ αἵματος 1 Here Pilate uses **blood** to refer to a person’s death. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n
|
||||
27:24 f4ub rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ὑμεῖς ὄψεσθε 1 See how you translated the similar idiom in [27:4](../27/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
27:25 k1cb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom τὸ αἷμα αὐτοῦ ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ τέκνα ἡμῶν 1 The phrase **be on us and on our children** is an idiom that means that the crowd was accepting the responsibility for what was happening. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “We and our children will be responsible for his blood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
27:25 n5k1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα 1 See how you translated the same use of **blood** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
27:25 timm rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς & ἡμῶν 1 Here, **us** and **our** refer to the Jewish people, so **us** and **our** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark these forms. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
27:25 bsfd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὰ τέκνα 1 Here, **children** refers to future descendants in general, not only to the **children** of the people who were speaking. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “future generations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
27:26 yb5y rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἀπέλυσεν & παρέδωκεν ἵνα σταυρωθῇ 1 The first two occurrences of **he** refer to Pilate, but **him** and the third occurrence of **he** refer to **Jesus**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate released … Pilate handed Jesus over so that Jesus would be crucified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
27:26 m63d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπέλυσεν & τὸν Βαραββᾶν & Ἰησοῦν φραγελλώσας 1 Matthew assumes that his readers will know that Pilate did not actually release **Barabbas** or flog **Jesus**, but ordered his soldiers to do those things. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he commanded his soldiers to release Barabbas … having commanded his soldiers to flog Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
27:26 adak rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown φραγελλώσας 1 If your readers would not be familiar with this form of punishment, you could explain explicitly what flogging was. Flogging was a Roman penalty in which soldiers whipped a person with a whip to which were attached pieces of bone and metal to increase the whip’s capacity to do harm to the person being flogged. Alternate translation: “having whipped Jesus with a whip to which someone had attached pieces of bone and metal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n
|
||||
27:26 n421 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis παρέδωκεν 1 Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be clearer in your language, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he handed him over to his soldiers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
27:26 y3kf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive σταυρωθῇ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “they would crucify him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:27 zz45 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ πραιτώριον 1 The **Praetorium** was where the Roman **governor** stayed when he was in Jerusalem and where the Roman soldiers in Jerusalem lived. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the palace where the governor and his soldiers lived” or “the Roman governor’s residence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
27:27 bn22 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὅλην τὴν σπεῖραν 1 Matthew assumes that his readers will know that a **cohort** was a unit of Roman soldiers. A **cohort** normally numbered around 600 men but could sometimes refer to as few as 200 men. Here, by saying **the whole cohort**, Matthew most likely means that all the soldiers from the **cohort** who were on duty at that time. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the whole unit of soldiers” or “the whole unit of soldiers who were on duty there” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
27:28 nx81 καὶ ἐκδύσαντες αὐτὸν 1 Alternate translation: “And having pulled off his clothes”
|
||||
27:29 yw94 στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν 1 Alternate translation: “a crown made of thorny branches” or “a crown made of branches with thorns on them”
|
||||
27:29 dlz7 κάλαμον ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ 1 They gave Jesus a stick to hold to represent a scepter that a king holds. They did this to mock Jesus.
|
||||
27:29 qf8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 They were saying this to mock Jesus. They were calling Jesus **King of the Jews**, but they did not really believe he was a king. And yet what they were saying was true. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
27:29 gf6a χαῖρε 1 Alternate translation: “We honor you” or “May you live a long time”
|
||||
27:30 ib5q καὶ ἐμπτύσαντες εἰς αὐτὸν 1 Alternate translation: “And using their spit, the soldiers spat on Jesus”
|
||||
27:32 j5wq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξερχόμενοι 1 This means Jesus and the soldiers came out of the city. Alternate translation: “as they came out of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:32 ies4 εὗρον ἄνθρωπον 1 Alternate translation: “the soldiers saw a man”
|
||||
27:32 sfj2 τοῦτον ἠγγάρευσαν ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “whom the soldiers forced to go with them so that he could carry Jesus’ cross”
|
||||
27:33 j6hb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τόπον λεγόμενον Γολγοθᾶ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a place that people called Golgotha” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:34 f11j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πιεῖν οἶνον μετὰ χολῆς μεμιγμένον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “wine, which they had mixed with gall” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:34 e2uk χολῆς 1 This **gall** was a bitter, yellow liquid that bodies use in digestion.
|
||||
27:37 j4s4 τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “a written explanation of why he was being crucified”
|
||||
27:38 zq4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τότε σταυροῦνται σὺν αὐτῷ δύο λῃσταί 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers crucified two robbers with Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:39 d4fm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν 1 They did this to make fun of Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
|
||||
27:40 t23i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ κατάβηθι ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 They did not believe that Jesus is **the Son of God**, so they wanted him to prove it if it was true. Alternate translation: “If you are the Son of God, prove it by coming down from the cross” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:40 b5lw rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for the Christ that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
27:42 ff4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony ἄλλους ἔσωσεν, ἑαυτὸν οὐ δύναται σῶσαι 1 This could mean: (1) the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus **saved others** or that he can **save himself**. (2) they believe he did save others but are laughing at him because now he cannot **save himself**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
27:42 j6l7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν, 1 The leaders are mocking Jesus. They call him **King of Israel**, but they do not really believe he is king. Alternate translation: “He says that he is the King of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
27:43 cl97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν γὰρ, ὅτι Θεοῦ εἰμι Υἱός. 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Jesus even said that he is the Son of God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
27:43 uw85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ & Υἱός 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
27:44 e26y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ λῃσταὶ, οἱ συνσταυρωθέντες σὺν αὐτῷ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the robbers that the soldiers crucified with Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:45 e7z4 δὲ 1 The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
27:45 s2l7 ἀπὸ & ἕκτης ὥρας & ἕως ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 Alternate translation: “from about noon … for three hours” or “from about twelve o’clock midday … until about three o’clock in the afternoon”
|
||||
27:45 pi8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns σκότος ἐγένετο ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν 1 If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **darkness**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “it became dark over the whole land” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
27:46 qyp7 ἀνεβόησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Alternate translation: “Jesus called out” or “Jesus shouted”
|
||||
27:46 xub2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει 1 These words are what Jesus cried out in his own language. Translators usually leave these words as is. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
27:48 jm37 εἷς ἐξ αὐτῶν 1 This could refer to: (1) one of the soldiers. (2) one of those who stood by and watched.
|
||||
27:48 bsy1 σπόγγον 1 A **sponge** is a sea animal that is harvested and used to take up and hold liquids. These liquids can later be pushed out.
|
||||
27:48 ny3e ἐπότιζεν αὐτόν 1 Alternate translation: “gave it to Jesus”
|
||||
27:50 fj1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism ἀφῆκεν τὸ πνεῦμα 1 Here, **spirit** refers to that which gives life to a person. This phrase is a way of saying that Jesus died. Alternate translation: “he died, giving his spirit over to God” or “he breathed his last breath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
27:51 w1wq Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis begins the account of the events that happened when Jesus died.
|
||||
27:51 a92g ἰδοὺ 1 The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
|
||||
27:51 m1ic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the curtain of the temple tore in two” or “God caused the curtain of the temple to tear in two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:52 a1cu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ τὰ μνημεῖα ἀνεῴχθησαν, καὶ πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων ἠγέρθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And God opened the tombs and raised the bodies of many godly people who had died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:52 kj3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πολλὰ σώματα τῶν κεκοιμημένων ἁγίων ἠγέρθη 1 Here to be **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “God put life back into the dead bodies of many godly people who had fallen asleep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
27:52 hgn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism κεκοιμημένων 1 This is a polite way of referring to dying. Alternate translation: “who had died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
|
||||
27:53 q2x5 καὶ ἐξελθόντες ἐκ τῶν μνημείων μετὰ τὴν ἔγερσιν αὐτοῦ, εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν πόλιν καὶ ἐνεφανίσθησαν πολλοῖς 1 The order of the events that Matthew describes (beginning with the words “The tombs were opened” in verse 52) is unclear. After the earthquake when Jesus died and the **tombs** were opened (1) the saints came back to life, and then, after Jesus came back to life, the saints entered Jerusalem, where many people saw them. (2) Jesus came back to life, and then the saints came back to life and entered the city, where many people saw them.
|
||||
27:54 f6rz δὲ 1 The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
27:54 vv2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ τηροῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 This refers to the other soldiers who were guarding Jesus with the centurion. Alternate translation: “the other soldiers with him who were guarding Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:54 gw6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Υἱὸς 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
27:56 ud33 ἡ μήτηρ τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου 1 Alternate translation: “the mother of James and John” or “the wife of Zebedee”
|
||||
27:57 wm5z Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis begins the account of Jesus’ burial.
|
||||
27:28 id2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit χλαμύδα κοκκίνην περιέθηκαν αὐτῷ 1 In Roman culture, a **scarlet robe** was worn by kings. The soldiers put a **scarlet robe** on Jesus in order to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “they put a scarlet robe on him in order to mock him by pretending that they believed he really was a king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
27:28 yf6s rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown κοκκίνην 1 The word **scarlet** refers to a color. Since Mark records in [Mark 15:17](../mrk/15/17.md) that the color of this **robe** was “purple,” the color closely resembled both **scarlet** and “purple.” If your readers would be unfamiliar with these colors, you could use the closest equivalent color that they would be familiar with. Alternate translation: “dark red” or “crimson” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n
|
||||
27:29 ksjn rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν 1 Matthew is using the possessive form to describe a **crown** that is made from branches with **thorns** on them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a crown made from thorns” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
|
||||
27:29 km30 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche ἀκανθῶν 1 Matthew uses the word **thorns** to refer to small branches with **thorns** on them. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “thorny branches” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])\n
|
||||
27:29 yw94 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit στέφανον ἐξ ἀκανθῶν, ἐπέθηκαν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ; καὶ κάλαμον ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ 1 In Roman culture, a **crown** was worn by a king, and a king held a scepter in his right hand. In order to mock Jesus, the soldiers put a **crown** made from **thorns** on Jesus’ head and put **a reed in his right hand** that resembled a king’s scepter. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “a crown of thorns, they put it on his head and a reed in his right hand in order to mock him by pretending that they believed he really was a king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
27:29 dlz7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony γονυπετήσαντες 1 The act of kneeling down was normally done as a way of honoring kings. The soldiers actually mean to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of this action. These soldiers do not really believe that Jesus is a king, but rather, they have **knelt down** to mock him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could provide a brief explanation. See the discussion of this in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “having knelt down as if honoring a king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n
|
||||
27:29 qf8j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony ἐνέπαιξαν αὐτῷ λέγοντες, χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεῦ τῶν Ἰουδαίων 1 **Hail** was a common greeting, but the soldiers used this greeting in order to mock Jesus. They did not believe that Jesus was really the **King of the Jews**. They actually meant to communicate the opposite of the literal meaning of their words, as Matthew indicates when he says that **they mocked him**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different expression. Alternate translation: “they mocked him by saying, ‘Hail, you so-called King of the Jews’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n
|
||||
27:30 ib5q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸν κάλαμον 1 Here, **the reed* refers to the stick the soldiers had put in Jesus’ right hand in the previous verse. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the reed from his hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:32 m5bl rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that this verse is a break in the main story line. Matthew does this in order to give information about **Simon** from **Cyrene**. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n
|
||||
27:32 d0ps rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐξερχόμενοι 1 Your language may say “going out” rather than **coming out** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])\n
|
||||
27:32 j5wq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐξερχόμενοι 1 Here, **coming out** implies that Jesus and the soldiers came out of the city of Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as they came out of the city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:32 sfj2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns τοῦτον ἠγγάρευσαν ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸν σταυρὸν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **they** refers to the Roman soldiers, **he** refers to **Simon**, and **his** refers to Jesus. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “whom the soldiers forced to go with them so that he could carry Jesus’ cross” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
27:33 j6hb rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τόπον λεγόμενον Γολγοθᾶ, ὅ ἐστιν & λεγόμενος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “a place that people called Golgotha, which means” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:33 lopg rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate Γολγοθᾶ 1 Here Matthew writes out the sounds of this Jewish Aramaic word using Greek letters. Since Matthew translates the meaning later in the verse, you may write out this word using the most similar sounds in your language. See the discussion of **Golgotha** in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n
|
||||
27:34 f11j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive πιεῖν οἶνον μετὰ χολῆς μεμιγμένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “wine, which they had mixed with gall, to drink” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:34 e2uk rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit χολῆς 1 Here, **gall** refers to a bitter tasting liquid that was a pain-relieving medicine. Mark specifically identifies this as liquid that came from the myrrh plant ([Mark 15:23](../../mrk/15/23.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “bitter, pain-relieving medicine”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
27:35 d4h6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown βάλλοντες κλῆρον 1 The term **lots** refers to objects with different markings on various sides that were used to decide randomly among several possibilities. They were tossed onto the ground to see which marked side would come up on top. If your readers would not be familiar with **lots**, you could use a general expression for gambling. Alternate translation: “by gambling” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n
|
||||
27:35 u4dl rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit βάλλοντες κλῆρον 1 Matthew implies that the soldiers were **casting lots** in order to determine who would take which pieces of Jesus’ clothing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “by casting lots to decide who would take which ones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
27:36 o9ed rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐτήρουν αὐτὸν ἐκεῖ 1 Matthew implies that the soldiers **kept guard over** Jesus to prevent anyone from rescuing him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they kept guard over him there to prevent people from rescuing him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:37 j4s4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὴν αἰτίαν αὐτοῦ 1 Here, **the charge** refers to the written explanation of the crime Jesus was accused of committing. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a written explanation of the crime they were accusing him of doing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
27:37 an2w rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive γεγραμμένην 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which someone had written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:38 ms2d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture σταυροῦνται 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “were crucified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])”\n
|
||||
27:38 zq4b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τότε σταυροῦνται σὺν αὐτῷ δύο λῃσταί 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then the soldiers crucified two robbers with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:38 ci6g εἷς ἐκ δεξιῶν, καὶ εἷς ἐξ εὐωνύμων 1 Alternate translation: “one robber on his right side and one robber on his left side” or “one on a cross on the right side of him and one on a cross on the left side of him”\n
|
||||
27:39 d4fm rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction κινοῦντες τὰς κεφαλὰς αὐτῶν 1 The people’s action of **shaking their heads** at Jesus showed that they felt disdain for him and that they disapproved of him. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a gesture with a similar meaning in your culture, or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “showing disdain for him by shaking their heads” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n
|
||||
27:40 p6sq rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὁ καταλύων τὸν ναὸν καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις οἰκοδομῶν 1 The people refer to Jesus by what he earlier prophesied that he would do. Alternate translation: “You who said you would destroy the temple and rebuild it in three days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
27:40 t23i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰ υἱὸς εἶ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ κατάβηθι ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 The people did not believe that Jesus was **the Son of God**, so they wanted him to prove it if it was true. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “If you are the Son of God, prove it by coming down from the cross” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:40 b5lw rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples υἱὸς & τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
27:42 ff4d rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony ἄλλους ἔσωσεν 1 Here, the Jewish leaders are using irony. They do not really believe that Jesus **saved** other people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n
|
||||
27:42 wu7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἄλλους ἔσωσεν 1 In context, the Jewish leaders are implicitly referring to how Jesus **saved others** by healing their diseases, releasing them from demon-possession, and saving them from other physical problems. They did not think that Jesus saved them from sin or divine judgment. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “He supposedly saved other people by doing miracles for them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
27:42 j6l7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν, καταβάτω 1 Here, the Jewish leaders are using irony. They do not really believe that Jesus is **the King of Israel**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He calls himself the King of Israel. So let him come down” or “If he really is the King of Israel, let him come down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])\n
|
||||
27:42 vmdc rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical Βασιλεὺς Ἰσραήλ ἐστιν, καταβάτω νῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ σταυροῦ, καὶ πιστεύσομεν ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 The Jewish leaders are suggesting a hypothetical situation since they do not believe that Jesus actually has the power to **come down from the cross**. Use whatever form in your language would be most natural to communicate this. Alternate translation: “Suppose he really is the King of Israel. Then let him come down now from the cross, and we will believe that he is the King of Israel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]])\n
|
||||
27:43 zy1h rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony πέποιθεν ἐπὶ τὸν Θεόν, ῥυσάσθω νῦν εἰ θέλει αὐτόν 1 Here, the Jewish leaders are using irony. They do not really believe that Jesus **has trusted in God**, that God would **rescue him**, or that God **wants him**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “He claims to trust in God. So let God rescue him now, if he even wants him” or “If he really trusts in God and God really wants him, then let God rescue him now” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
|
||||
27:43 cl97 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν γὰρ, ὅτι Θεοῦ εἰμι Υἱός. 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would not be used in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For he said that he is the Son of God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
27:43 uw85 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ & Υἱός 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
27:44 e26y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive οἱ λῃσταὶ, οἱ συνσταυρωθέντες σὺν αὐτῷ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the robbers whom the soldiers were crucifying with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:45 e7z4 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows is a new event that happened after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])\n
|
||||
27:45 xsps rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal ἕκτης ὥρας & ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 If you decide to translate these phrases in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time, but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you could use cardinal numbers here. Alternate translation: “hour six … hour nine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])\n
|
||||
27:45 s2l7 ἕκτης ὥρας 1 In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “noon” or “12:00 PM”\n
|
||||
27:45 pi8e rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns σκότος ἐγένετο 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **darkness**, you could express it in a different way. Alternate translation: “it became dark” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
27:45 lnkx ὥρας ἐνάτης 1 In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: Alternate translation: “3:00 PM”
|
||||
27:46 rcjr τὴν ἐνάτην ὥραν 1 See how you translated this phrase in the previous verse.
|
||||
27:46 qyp7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀνεβόησεν & φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 This is an idiom that means **Jesus** raised the volume of his **voice**. Alternate translation: “cried out loudly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
|
||||
27:46 xub2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate Ἐλωῒ, Ἐλωῒ, λεμὰ σαβαχθάνει 1 This sentence is what **Jesus cried out** in the Jewish Aramaic language. Jesus is quoting from [Psalm 22:1](../psa/022/001.md). See the discussion of this sentence in the General Notes for this chapter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
|
||||
27:47 y60j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀκούσαντες ἔλεγον 1 Matthew implies that the people did not understand what Jesus said. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having heard it, misunderstood and said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
27:48 jm37 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὄξους 1 Here, **sour wine** refers to the inexpensive **wine** that common people in Jesus’ culture would usually drink to quench thirst. Therefore, the person who gave Jesus this **sour wine** was acting kindly. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how **sour wine** is translated in [Mark 15:36](../mrk/15/36.md) and [John 19:29](../jhn/19/29.md). Alternate translation: “with common wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
27:48 bsy1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σπόγγον 1 A **sponge** is a small object that can soak up and hold liquid that comes out of it when the **sponge** is squeezed. If your readers would not be familiar with this object, you could use the name of something your readers would use for soaking up liquid, or you could use a general expression. See how **sponge** is translated in [Mark 15:36](../mrk/15/36.md) and [John 19:29](../jhn/19/29.md). Alternate translation: “something to soak up liquid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n
|
||||
27:50 n21n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom πάλιν κράξας φωνῇ μεγάλῃ 1 See how you translated **cried out** **with a loud voice** in [27:46](../27/46.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
27:50 fj1v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀφῆκεν τὸ πνεῦμα 1 This clause is an idiom that means “willingly died.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. See how a similar phrase is translated in [John 19:30](../jhn/19/30.md). Alternate translation: “he allowed himself to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
|
||||
27:51 a92g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Matthew uses the term **behold** here to call the reader’s attention to the surprising event that he describes next in the story. Your language may have a similar expression that you could use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
|
||||
27:51 u0pw rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ ἐσχίσθη εἰς δύο, ἀπ’ ἄνωθεν ἕως κάτω 1 See the General Notes to this chapter for an explanation of the symbolic significance of this action. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n
|
||||
27:51 m1ic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐσχίσθη & ἡ γῆ ἐσείσθη, καὶ αἱ πέτραι ἐσχίσθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God tore … God shook the earth, and God split the rocks apart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n
|
||||
27:51 xp2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὸ καταπέτασμα τοῦ ναοῦ 1 Matthew assumes that his readers will know that he is referring to **the curtain** that separated the Most Holy Place from the rest of **the temple**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the curtain in front of the Most Holy Place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
27:52 a1cu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive καὶ τὰ μνημεῖα ἀνεῴχθησαν, καὶ πολλὰ σώματα 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And God opened the tombs, and he raised many of the bodies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:52 hgn1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism κεκοιμημένων 1 Here, **fallen asleep** refers to being dead. This is a polite way of referring to something unpleasant. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use a different polite way of referring to this or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who had passed away” or “who had died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])\n
|
||||
27:52 kj3r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠγέρθη 1 Here, **raised** is an idiom that refers to causing someone who has died to become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “were caused to live again” or “were made alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
|
||||
27:53 q2x5 ἐξελθόντες ἐκ τῶν μνημείων μετὰ τὴν ἔγερσιν αὐτοῦ, εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὴν ἁγίαν πόλιν 1 This could mean: (1) the saints came **out from the tombs** before Jesus came back to life, but did not enter **into the holy city** until after Jesus came back to life. Alternate translation: “having come out from the tombs, after his resurrection they entered into the holy city” (2) the saints came **out from the tombs** after Jesus came back to life. Alternate translation: “having come out from the tombs after his resurrection, they entered into the holy city”
|
||||
27:54 f6rz rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows is a new event that happened right after the events told in [27:50–51](../27/50.md). Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])\n
|
||||
27:54 vv2g rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ τηροῦντες τὸν Ἰησοῦν 1 This phrase refers to the other soldiers who were guarding Jesus with **the centurion**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the other soldiers with him who were guarding Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:54 gse9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἰδόντες τὸν σεισμὸν καὶ τὰ γενόμενα 1 Matthew implies that the soldiers felt **the earthquake** and saw **the things that happened**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:54 gw6n rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Υἱὸς 1 **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
27:55 h0m2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal διακονοῦσαι αὐτῷ 1 This phrase indicates the purpose for the **women** following **Jesus from Galilee**. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a purpose. Alternate translation: “for the purpose of serving him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]])
|
||||
27:56 yni6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background Μαρία ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ, καὶ Μαρία ἡ τοῦ Ἰακώβου καὶ Ἰωσὴφ μήτηρ 1 Because **Mary** was a very common name at this time and because Matthew refers to two different women with the name **Mary** in this verse, he provides this background information to help readers know to which **Mary** he is referring to in each case. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Mary, who came from Magdala, and another Mary, who was the mother of James and Joseph” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n
|
||||
27:56 xx27 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἰακώβου & Ἰωσὴφ 1 **James** and **Joseph** were common names for men at this time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n
|
||||
27:56 ud33 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῶν υἱῶν Ζεβεδαίου 1 See how you translated the similar phrase in [26:37](../26/37.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
27:57 wm5z rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [27:57–61](../27/57.md) is a new event that happened right after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])\n
|
||||
27:57 sy9y rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names Ἁριμαθαίας 1 **Arimathea** is the name of a city in Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
|
||||
27:58 c69n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τότε ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐκέλευσεν ἀποδοθῆναι 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Then Pilate ordered the soldiers to give the body of Jesus to Joseph” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:59 kj7u σινδόνι καθαρᾷ 1 in a clean, fine, costly cloth
|
||||
27:60 hvs8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃ ἐλατόμησεν ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ 1 It is implied that Joseph had workers who **cut** the tomb **into the rock**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:60 lt4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit καὶ προσκυλίσας λίθον μέγαν 1 Most likely Joseph had other people there to help him roll the **stone**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:57 o9c6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἐμαθητεύθη τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom Jesus had discipled as well” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:58 kjyw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ᾐτήσατο τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 The reason that Joseph asked **Pilate** **for the body of Jesus** was so that he could bury it. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state that explicitly. Alternate translation: “asked for permission to get the body of Jesus in order to bury it” or “asked that he be given the body of Jesus so that he could bury it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
27:58 c69n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τότε ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐκέλευσεν ἀποδοθῆναι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Then Pilate ordered the soldiers to give it to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:59 eupz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit λαβὼν τὸ σῶμα, ὁ Ἰωσὴφ ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ 1 Matthew assumes that his readers would know that other people helped **Joseph** take Jesus’ body and prepare it for the tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph and the people who helped him, having taken the body, wrapped it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
27:59 q9q9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown ἐνετύλιξεν αὐτὸ σινδόνι καθαρᾷ 1 This was the burial custom in this culture. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “wrapped it in a fine linen burial cloth” or “prepared it for burial” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n
|
||||
27:59 kj7u rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown σινδόνι καθαρᾷ 1 The term **linen cloth** refers to a high quality cloth made from the fibers of the flax plant. If your readers would be unfamiliar with **linen**, you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a fine cloth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n
|
||||
27:60 hvs8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ὃ ἐλατόμησεν ἐν τῇ πέτρᾳ 1 Matthew implies that Joseph had hired workers to **cut** the tomb **into the rock**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that he had had workers cut into the rock” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:60 lt4k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἔθηκεν αὐτὸ & προσκυλίσας λίθον μέγαν 1 Matthew assumes that his readers would know that other people helped **Joseph** when he **laid** Jesus’ body in the **tomb** and **rolled a large stone** over the entrance. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Joseph and the people who helped him laid it … they rolled a large stone against” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:61 ihr8 ἀπέναντι τοῦ τάφου 1 Alternate translation: “across from the tomb”
|
||||
27:62 qj59 τὴν παρασκευήν 1 The **Preparation** is the day that people got everything ready for the Sabbath.
|
||||
27:62 j57n συνήχθησαν & πρὸς Πειλᾶτον 1 Alternate translation: “met with Pilate”
|
||||
27:62 wxrc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [27:62–66](../27/62.md) is a new event that happened after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After those things happened,” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
27:62 qj59 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῇ & ἐπαύριον, ἥτις ἐστὶν μετὰ τὴν παρασκευήν 1 Here, **the Preparation** refers to the day before the Sabbath on which Jews would prepare for the Sabbath so that they would not have to do work on that day. Therefore, **the next day** here refers to the Sabbath. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the next day, which was after the day on which Jews prepared for the Sabbath” or “the next day, which was the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
27:62 j57n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συνήχθησαν 1 See how you translated **gathered together** in [26:3](../26/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:63 sc6y ἐκεῖνος ὁ πλάνος & ἔτι ζῶν 1 Alternate translation: “Jesus, the deceiver, when he was alive”
|
||||
27:63 ri5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν & μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι. 1 This has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he said that after three days he will rise again.” or “he said that after three day he would rise again.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
27:64 b8n2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive κέλευσον & ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “command your soldiers to guard the tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:64 hbh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας 1 The word **third** is the ordinal form of three. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
|
||||
27:64 pwc8 ἐλθόντες οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ, κλέψωσιν αὐτὸν 1 Alternate translation: “his disciples may come and steal his body”
|
||||
27:64 t78s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἴπωσιν τῷ λαῷ, ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ 1 This has a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “might tell the people that he has been raised from the dead, and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
27:64 c7bf ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from among them speaks of becoming alive again. Alternate translation: “from among all those who have died”
|
||||
27:64 u5tg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis καὶ ἔσται ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη χείρων τῆς πρώτης 1 You can state the understood information explicitly. Alternate translation: “and if they deceive people by saying that, it will be worse than the way he deceived people before when he said that he was the Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
27:65 dkq9 κουστωδίαν 1 This **guard** consisted of four to sixteen Roman soldiers.
|
||||
27:66 pk1q σφραγίσαντες τὸν λίθον 1 This could mean: (1) they put a cord around **the stone** and attached it to the rock wall on either side of the entrance to the tomb. (2) they put seals between **the stone** and the wall.
|
||||
27:66 e8uf μετὰ τῆς κουστωδίας 1 Alternate translation: “and having told the soldiers to stand where they could keep people from tampering with the tomb”
|
||||
28:intro psw9 0 # Matthew 28 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([Matthew 28:1](../mat/28/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter.\n\n### “Make disciples”\n\nThe last two verses ([Matthew 28:19-20](../mat/28/19.md)) are commonly known as “The Great Commission” because they contain a very important command given to all Christians. Christians are to “make disciples” by going to people, sharing the gospel with them and training them to live as Christians.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### An angel of the Lord\n\nMatthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels looked human. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1-2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md))
|
||||
28:1 anr1 Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis begins the account of the resurrection of Jesus from the dead.
|
||||
28:1 qkn8 ὀψὲ δὲ Σαββάτων, τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ εἰς μίαν σαββάτων 1 Alternate translation: “Now after the Sabbath ended, as the sun came up on Sunday morning”
|
||||
28:1 gs43 δὲ 1 The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
28:1 zu2b ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία 1 This is **Mary** the mother of James and Joseph ([27:56](../27/56.md)). Alternate translation: “the other woman named Mary”
|
||||
28:2 j25i ἰδοὺ 1 The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
28:2 l4s2 σεισμὸς ἐγένετο μέγας; ἄγγελος γὰρ Κυρίου καταβὰς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καὶ προσελθὼν, ἀπεκύλισε τὸν λίθον 1 This could mean: (1) the **earthquake happened** because the **angel** came down and **rolled away the stone**. (2) all these events happened at the same time.
|
||||
28:2 s43v σεισμὸς & μέγας 1 An **earthquake** is a sudden and violent shaking of the ground.
|
||||
28:3 vfh4 ἡ εἰδέα αὐτοῦ 1 Alternate translation: “the angel’s appearance”
|
||||
28:3 p12y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἦν & ὡς ἀστραπὴ 1 This is a simile that emphasizes how bright in appearance the angel was. Alternate translation: “was bright like lightning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
28:3 i4hp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ λευκὸν ὡς χιών 1 The verb “was” from the previous phrase can be repeated. Alternate translation: “his clothing was white like snow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
28:3 bzow rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ λευκὸν ὡς χιών 1 This is a simile that emphasizes how bright and white the angel’s clothes were. Alternate translation: “his clothing was very white, like snow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
28:4 b1ic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἐγενήθησαν ὡς νεκροί 1 This is a simile that means the soldiers fell down and did not move. Alternate translation: “fell to the ground and lay there like dead men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
28:5 q8dd ταῖς γυναιξίν 1 Alternate translation: “to Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary”
|
||||
28:5 tbd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the people and the soldiers crucified” or “whom they had crucified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
28:7 sp2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἴπατε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ ἰδοὺ, προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε. 1 This is a quotation within a quotation. You can state this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “tell his disciples that he has risen from the dead and that Jesus has gone ahead of you to Galilee where you will see him.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
28:7 r5cw ἠγέρθη 1 Alternate translation: “He has come back to life”
|
||||
28:7 a1ir ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 This expression describes all **dead** people together in the underworld.
|
||||
28:7 ljb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you ὑμᾶς & ὄψεσθε & ὑμῖν 1 Here, all occurrences of **you** are plural. It refers to the women and the disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
|
||||
28:8 j2sv καὶ ἀπελθοῦσαι ταχὺ 1 Alternate translation: “And after Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary quickly left”
|
||||
28:9 s393 ἰδοὺ 1 The word **behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
28:9 n5sz χαίρετε 1 This is an ordinary greeting, much like “Hello” in English.
|
||||
28:9 nmg1 ἐκράτησαν αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας 1 Alternate translation: “got down on their knees and held onto his feet”
|
||||
28:10 etk6 τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου 1 Here, **my brothers** refers to Jesus’ disciples.
|
||||
28:11 u1ae Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis begins the account of the reaction of the Jewish religious leaders when they heard of Jesus’ resurrection.
|
||||
28:11 ktu5 δὲ 1 The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story.
|
||||
28:11 mu4l αὐτῶν 1 Here, **they** refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary.
|
||||
28:11 rnr3 ἰδού 1 Here, **behold** marks the beginning of another event in the larger story. It may involve different people than the previous events. Your language may have a way of doing this.
|
||||
28:12 ht82 συμβούλιόν τε λαβόντες 1 The priests and elders decided to give the money to the soldiers. Alternate translation: “decided on a plan among themselves”
|
||||
28:13 kn8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations εἴπατε ὅτι, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ & ἐλθόντες & ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων. 1 If your language does not use quotations within quotations you may translate this as a single quote. Alternate translation: “Tell others that Jesus’ disciples came … while you were sleeping” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])
|
||||
28:14 n8xy καὶ ἐὰν ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 Alternate translation: “If the governor hears that you were asleep when Jesus’ disciples took his body”
|
||||
28:14 u13q τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 Alternate translation: “Pilate” ([27:2](../27/02.md))
|
||||
28:14 x57k ἡμεῖς πείσομεν καὶ ὑμᾶς ἀμερίμνους ποιήσομεν 1 Alternate translation: “do not worry. We will talk to him so that he does not punish you.”
|
||||
27:63 ri5s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἶπεν & μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ἐγείρομαι. 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would not be used in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “said that after three days he would be raised up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
27:63 ou2n rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μετὰ τρεῖς ἡμέρας 1 Jesus was referring to **three days** after he died. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “After three days of being dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:63 jp1m rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture ἐγείρομαι 1 The Jewish leaders quote Jesus using the present tense to refer to a future event. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you can use the future tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “I will be raised up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n
|
||||
27:63 e6uz rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐγείρομαι 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will raise me up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:63 ike6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἐγείρομαι 1 Here, **raised up** is an idiom that refers to a dead person becoming alive again. See how you translated **raised up** in [20:19](../20/19.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
|
||||
27:64 r0qr rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative κέλευσον 1 Here, **command** is an imperative, but since the Jewish leaders cannot command Pilate to do this, you could translate this phrase as an expression of what they want. Alternate translation: “we want you to command” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]])\n
|
||||
27:64 b8n2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀσφαλισθῆναι τὸν τάφον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “your soldiers to make the tomb secure” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
27:64 hbh8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal τῆς τρίτης ἡμέρας 1 If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “day three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])\n
|
||||
27:64 pwc8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go ἐλθόντες 1 Your language may say “gone” rather than **come** in contexts such as this. Use whichever is more natural. Alternate translation: “having gone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
|
||||
27:64 jgqs rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐλθόντες 1 The Jewish leaders imply here that Jesus’ **disciples** might **come** to the tomb in which Jesus was buried. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having come to Jesus’ tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:64 t78s rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἴπωσιν τῷ λαῷ, ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would not be used in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “might say to the people that he has been raised up from the dead, and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
27:64 km0j rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠγέρθη 1 See how you translated **raised up** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
27:64 c7bf rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 Here, the phrase translated **the dead ones** refers to **dead** people. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the place where dead people are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n
|
||||
27:64 u5tg rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἡ ἐσχάτη πλάνη 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **deception**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the last time they deceive people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
|
||||
27:65 dkq9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns κουστωδίαν 1 The word **guard** here is a singular noun that refers to a group of soldiers. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of guards” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
27:66 pk1q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit σφραγίσαντες τὸν λίθον 1 This means that a seal was put on the **stone** that covered the entrance of Jesus’ **tomb**. The seal would break if someone moved the **stone**, thus indicating that the **stone** was moved. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “having placed a seal on the stone that was against the entrance of the tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
27:66 e8uf rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns τῆς κουστωδίας 1 See how you translated the same use of **guard** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]])
|
||||
28:intro psw9 0 # Matthew 28 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The tomb\n\nThe tomb in which Jesus was buried ([28:1](../28/01.md)) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/tomb]])\n\n### “Make disciples”\n\nThe last two verses ([28:19–20](../28/19.md)) are commonly known as “The Great Commission” because they contain a very important command given to all Christians. Christians are to “make disciples” by going to people, sharing the gospel with them, and training them to live according to what Jesus commanded. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### An angel of the Lord\n\nMatthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing appearing to the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels looked like male humans. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: [Matthew 28:1–2](../mat/28/01.md) and [Mark 16:5](../mrk/16/05.md) and [Luke 24:4](../luk/24/04.md) and [John 20:12](../jhn/20/12.md))
|
||||
28:1 anr1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in this verse and the next verse is a new event that happened soon after the time of the events the story has just related in the previous chapter. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])\n
|
||||
28:1 qkn8 ὀψὲ δὲ Σαββάτων, τῇ ἐπιφωσκούσῃ εἰς μίαν σαββάτων 1 Alternate translation: “Now after the Sabbath ended, as the sun came up on the first day of the week”
|
||||
28:1 avwc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς μίαν σαββάτων 1 Matthew uses **first** to imply the **first** day **of the week**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the first day of the week” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
28:1 gs43 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal μίαν σαββάτων 1 Here Matthew is actually using a cardinal number, “one,” in the original language to mean **first**. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can also use a cardinal number here in your translation. Alternate translation: “on day one of the week” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])\n
|
||||
28:1 zu2b rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία 1 This **Mary** is the mother of James and Joseph, as stated in [27:56](../27/56.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated **the other Mary** in [27:61](../27/61.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
28:2 j25i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Matthew uses the term **behold** here to call the reader’s attention to the suddenness of the event that he describes next in the story. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all of the sudden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
|
||||
28:2 l4s2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 Here, **for** indicates that what follows is the reason why the **earthquake happened**. Use the most natural way in your language to indicate a reason. Alternate translation: “due to the fact that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n
|
||||
28:2 a5xv rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἀπεκύλισε τὸν λίθον 1 This clause implies that the angel **rolled away the stone** that was covering the entrance to the tomb in which Jesus’ body had been placed. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “rolled away the stone that was covering the entrance of the tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
28:3 qloc rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that this verse is a break in the main story line. Matthew does this in order to give information about an angel at Jesus’ tomb. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n
|
||||
28:3 p12y rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἦν & ὡς ἀστραπὴ 1 The point of this comparison is that the **appearance** of the angel was very bright, as **lightning** is very bright. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “was extremely bright, like lightning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
28:3 i4hp rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis τὸ ἔνδυμα αὐτοῦ λευκὸν ὡς χιών 1 Matthew is leaving out a word that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If it would be helpful in your language, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “his clothing was white like snow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
|
||||
28:3 bzow rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile λευκὸν ὡς χιών 1 The point of this comparison is that the **clothing** of the angel was pure **white**, as **snow** is pure white. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “was pure white, like snow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
28:3 orq7 rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown λευκὸν ὡς χιών 1 Matthew is comparing the angel’s clothing to **snow** because **snow** is a very white substance. If your readers would not be familiar with **snow**, you could use the name of something in your area that is known to be very white, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “white as cotton” or “very, very white” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n
|
||||
28:4 u00v rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀπὸ & τοῦ φόβου αὐτοῦ, ἐσείσθησαν οἱ τηροῦντες 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the guards’ fear of him caused them to shake” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
28:4 b1ic rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile ἐγενήθησαν ὡς νεκροί 1 Matthew compares **the guards** to **dead men** because **dead men** lie on the ground and do no move. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “fell to the ground and lay still” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
|
||||
28:5 q8dd rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ταῖς γυναιξίν 1 Here, **the women** refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary mentioned in [28:1](../28/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
28:5 tbd8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom people have crucified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
28:6 jwc5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠγέρθη 1 See how you translated this phrase in [27:64](../27/64.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
28:7 r0p2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative ταχὺ πορευθεῖσαι 1 Here the angel is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you could translate this as a command, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
28:7 sp2a rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἴπατε τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ, ὅτι ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν; καὶ ἰδοὺ, προάγει ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν; ἐκεῖ αὐτὸν ὄψεσθε. 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “tell his disciples that he has been raised up from the dead ones. And behold, he is going ahead of you to Galilee. There you will see him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
28:7 r5cw rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 See how you translated this sentence in [27:64](../27/64.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
|
||||
28:7 a1ir rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ & ἰδοὺ 1 The angel uses **behold** twice in this verse because he wants the disciples to focus their attention on what he is saying. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “pay attention … Pay attention to what” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
|
||||
28:7 ljb2 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular ὑμᾶς & ὄψεσθε & ὑμῖν 1 All occurrences of **you** are plural in this verse and refer to the disciples. You may need to translate these as plural in your language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n
|
||||
28:8 j2sv rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔδραμον 1 Here, **they** refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary mentioned in [28:1](../28/01.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene and the other woman named Mary ran” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
28:9 s393 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Matthew uses the term **behold** here to call the reader’s attention to the suddenness of the event that he describes next in the story. See how you translated the same use of **behold** in [28:2](../28/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
|
||||
28:9 nmg1 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit ἐκράτησαν αὐτοῦ τοὺς πόδας 1 Here, Matthew implies that the two women knelt down on the ground when they **took hold of his feet**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “got down on their knees and held onto his feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
28:10 hfkc rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture λέγει 1 To call attention to a development in the story, Matthew uses the present tense in past narration. If it would not be natural to do that in your language, you could use the past tense in your translation. Alternate translation: “said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])\n
|
||||
28:10 etk6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μου 1 Here Jesus refers to his disciples as if they were all **brothers** in his family. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
|
||||
28:11 ktu5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [28:11–15](../28/11.md) is a new event that happened during the time of the events the story has just related in [28:9–10](../28/09.md). Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “At the time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])\n
|
||||
28:11 mu4l rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns αὐτῶν 1 Here, **they** refers to Mary Magdalene and the other Mary. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See how you translated **they** in [28:8](../28/08.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
28:11 rnr3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδού 1 Matthew uses the term **behold** here to call the reader’s attention to what is about to happen. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
|
||||
28:11 egn5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς κουστωδίας 1 Here, **the guards** refers to the Roman soldiers who had been guarding Jesus’ tomb. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “of the Roman guards who had been at the tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
28:11 yvgx rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τὴν πόλιν 1 Here, **the city** refers to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
28:12 ht82 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive συναχθέντες 1 See how you translated **gathered together** in [26:3](../26/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
28:12 birm rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns ἔδωκαν 1 Here, **they** refers to the chief priests mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the chief priests gave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]])
|
||||
28:13 kn8i rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes εἴπατε ὅτι, οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ νυκτὸς ἐλθόντες ἔκλεψαν αὐτὸν, ἡμῶν κοιμωμένων 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Say that his disciples, having come by night, stole him while we are sleeping” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])
|
||||
28:13 s0bu rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 Here, **we** refers to the Roman soldiers who guarded Jesus’ tomb, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
28:14 n8xy rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἀκουσθῇ τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the governor hears this report” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
28:14 u13q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τοῦ ἡγεμόνος 1 Here, **the governor** refers to Pilate, as indicated in [27:2](../27/02.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Pilate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
28:14 x57k rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 Here, **we** refers to the Jewish chief priests and elders, so **we** would be exclusive. Your language may require you to mark this form. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
|
||||
28:14 exuo rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit πείσομεν 1 Here the chief priests and elders imply that they will **persuade** **the governor** not to punish the soldiers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “will persuade him not to punish you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
28:15 yu3c rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐποίησαν ὡς ἐδιδάχθησαν 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “did what the priests had told them to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
28:15 cp7r ὁ λόγος οὗτος παρὰ Ἰουδαίοις μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας 1 Alternate translation: “Many Jews heard this report and continue to tell others about it even today”
|
||||
28:15 vp3a μέχρι τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας 1 This refers to the time Matthew wrote the book.
|
||||
28:16 h1ln Connecting Statement: 0 # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis begins the account of Jesus meeting with his disciples after his resurrection.
|
||||
28:17 pze9 προσεκύνησαν, οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν 1 This could mean: (1) they all worshiped Jesus even though some of them doubted. (2) some of them worshiped Jesus, but others did not worship him because they doubted.
|
||||
28:17 xgr5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ δὲ ἐδίστασαν 1 You can state this explicitly what the disciples doubted. Alternate translation: “some doubted that he was really Jesus and that he had become alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
28:18 v37p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “My Father has given me all authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
28:18 sm35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 Here, **heaven** and **earth** are used together to mean everyone and everything in heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
28:19 yz6q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 Here, **nations** refers to the people. Alternate translation: “of all the people in every nation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
28:19 l5b5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy εἰς τὸ ὄνομα 1 Here, **name** refers to authority. Alternate translation: “by the authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
28:15 cp7r rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας 1 Here, **today** refers to the time when Matthew wrote this book. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “when this book was written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n
|
||||
28:16 h1ln rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent δὲ 1 **Now** here indicates that what follows in [28:16–20](../28/16.md) is a new event that happened after the time of the events the story has just related. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “And then” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
|
||||
28:17 pze9 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit οἱ & ἐδίστασαν 1 Matthew implies that **some** of the disciples **doubted** that the person they were seeing was really Jesus and that he had really become alive again. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of the disciples doubted that it was Jesus and that he had become alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
28:18 v37p rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία 1 If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “My Father has given me all authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
|
||||
28:18 c9m6 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns ἐδόθη μοι πᾶσα ἐξουσία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **authority** you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “I have been authorized to rule” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])\n
|
||||
28:18 sm35 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism ἐν οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς 1 Here, **heaven** and **earth** are used together to refer to everyone and everything everywhere. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “over everything everywhere” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
|
||||
28:19 sf28 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative πορευθέντες 1 In this clause Jesus is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
28:19 yz6q rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 Here, **nations** refers to people who live in **all the nations**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “of people in all the nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
|
||||
28:19 oc88 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit μαθητεύσατε πάντα τὰ ἔθνη 1 The phrase **make disciples** implies telling people the gospel message so that they can believe it and become Jesus’ **disciples**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state this explicitly. See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes for this chapter. Alternate translation: “preach the gospel to people of all the nations so that they will become Jesus’ disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
28:19 l5b5 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα 1 Here, **name** represents the authority of **the Father**, **the Son**, and **the Holy Spirit**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n
|
||||
28:19 pmg8 rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit εἰς τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ τοῦ Υἱοῦ, καὶ τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 Here **in name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit** could mean: (1) by being baptized, the **disciples of all the nations** would be acknowledging God’s authority over their lives. Alternate translation: “to express their allegiance to the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit” (2) **the name** is the authority by which **disciples** are baptized. Alternate translation: “by the authority of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
|
||||
28:19 kwa3 rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς & τοῦ Υἱοῦ 1 **Father** and **Son** are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
|
||||
28:20 mz6f ἰδοὺ 1 Alternate translation: “look” or “listen” or “pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
|
||||
28:20 lm0u rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative διδάσκοντες 1 Jesus is using a statement to give a command. If it would be helpful in your language, you can use a more natural form for a command, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]])
|
||||
28:20 mz6f rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Here Jesus uses **behold** to emphasize the truth of what he is about to say. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “truly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n
|
||||
28:20 cmdj πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας 1 Alternate translation: “all the time”\n
|
||||
28:20 si8z ἕως τῆς συντελείας τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 Alternate translation: “until the end of this age” or “until the end of the world”
|
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
Can't render this file because it is too large.
|
Loading…
Reference in New Issue